EPA-450/3-89-002
    OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF

HOSPITAL MEDICAL WASTE INCINERATORS
           CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CENTER

                  SPONSORED BY:
              Emission Standards Division
       Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
     Air and Energy Engineering Research Laboratory
          Office of Research and Development
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
      Center for Environmental Research Information
          Office of Research and Development
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                Cincinnati, OH 46268                  ,Qtv

                                                <°
                     March 1989    .S. ^* Sl" "
                                               6060^
                                  230

-------
                                           EPA-450/3-89-002
                                           March 1989
        OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE  OF

     HOSPITAL MEDICAL WASTE INCINERATORS
         EPA Contracts No. 68-02-4395
             Work Assignment  16
                Prepared by:

         Midwest Research Institute
                  Suite 350
         401 Harrison Oaks  Boulevard
         Gary, North Carolina  27513
                Prepared for:

              James A.  Eddinger
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
    U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park,  North  Carolina  27711
          Control  Technology Center
    U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency
Research Triangle  Park,  North Carolina  27711

-------
                                DISCLAIMER

     This document generally describes the proper operation of a hospital
waste incinerator.  It is based on EPA's review and assessment of various
scientific and technical  sources.   The EPA does not represent that this
document comprehensively  sets forth procedures for incinerator operation,
or that it describes applicable legal  requirements, which vary according
to an incinerator's location.  Proper  operation of an incinerator is the
responsibility of the owner and operator.
     Mention of trade names or commercial  products does not constitute
endorsement or recommendation for  use.
                                   n

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     This document was prepared by Midwest Research Institute located in
Gary, North Carolina.  Principal authors were Roy Neulicht, Mark Turner,
Dennis Wallace,  and Stacy Smith.  Participating on the project team for
EPA were Ken Durkee and James Eddinger of the Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards, Charles Masser of  the Air and Energy Engineering
Research Laboratory, James Topsale of Region III, Charles Pratt of the Air
Pollution Training Institute, and Justice Manning of the Center for
Environmental Research Information.  Also participating on the project
team were Carl York and William Paul of the Maryland Air Management
Administration.
     The review of this document by representatives of the National Solid
Waste Management Association Waste Combustion Equipment Council (NSWMA—
WCEC) and the Ontario Ministry of the Environment is acknowledged and
appreciated.

-------
                                   PREFACE

      The hospital  medical  waste incinerator program was funded as a
 project of EPA's Control  Technology Center (CTC).
      The CTC was established by EPA's Office of Research and Development
 (ORD) and Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) to provide
 technical assistance to State and local  air pollution control  agencies.
 Three levels of assistance can be accessed through the CTC.   First, a CTC
 HOTLINE has been established to provide  telephone  assistance on matters
 related to air pollution control  technology.  Second, more in-depth
 engineering assistance can be provided when appropriate.  Third, the CTC
 can provide technical  guidance through publication of technical guidance
 documents, development of  personal computer software, and presentation of
 workshops on control technology matters.
      The technical  guidance projects, such as this one, focus  on topics  of
.national or regional interest that are identified  through contact wth
 State and local agencies.   In this case, the CTC became interested in
 developing a training  course for  operators of hospital  waste incinerators
 through a request  by the State of Maryland.   This  document was prepared  to
 be used as the basis for development of  the training materials.  The
 document also is intended  as a technical guide for use by Federal, State,
 and local agency personnel,  hospital  waste management personnel, and
 hospital incinerator operators.
      This document  provides  information  on the operation and maintenance
 (O&M) procedures that  should be  practiced  on hospital  waste  incinerators
 and associated air  pollution control  equipment to  minimize air
 emissions.  This document  provides only  a  general  overview of  proper O&M
 procedures with the intention of  identifying good  operating  practices.
 Operators of hospital  waste  incinerators should  have  O&M manuals for the
 manufacturer which  provide specific O&M  instruction  for their  equipment.
 This  document should be viewed as  a supplement  to  the manufacturer's O&M
 recommendations.

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                      Page

LIST OF FIGURES	    vii

LIST OF TABLES	    vi 11

SECTION 1.0   INTRODUCTION	    1-1

SECTION 2.0   HOSPITAL INCINERATION  SYSTEMS	    2-1

              2.1  INTRODUCTION	    2-1

              2.2  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS RELATED  TO HOSPITAL WASTE
                     INCINERATION	    2-2

                   2.2.1  Pathogen  Destruction	    2-4
                   2.2.2  Principles of Combustion	    2-5

              2.3  HOSPITAL WASTE CHARACTERISTICS	    2-16

              2.4  TYPES OF HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATOR SYSTEMS	    2-20

                   2.4.1  Introduction	    2-20
                   2.4.2  Multiple-Chamber Incinerators	    2-21
                   2.4.3  Controlled-Air Incinerators	    2-27
                   2.4.4  Rotary Kilns	    2-36
                   2.4.5  Auxiliary  Equipment	    2-41

              2.5  REFERENCES  FOR CHAPTER 2	    2-41

SECTION 3.0   AIR POLLUTION CONTROL	    3-1

              3.1  INTRODUCTION	    3-1

              3.2  POLLUTANT FORMATION  AND GENERATION	    3-1

              3.3  CONTROL STRATEGIES	    3-3

                   3.3.1  Controlling Feed Material	    3-3
                   3.3.2  Combustion Control	    3-5
                   3.3.3  Add-On Air Pollution Control  Systems	    3-5

              3.4  REFERENCES  FOR CHAPTER 3	    3-26

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

                                                                       Page

SECTION 4.0   OPERATION	    4-1

              4.1  GENERAL OBJECTIVES	    4-1

              4.2  INCINERATOR KEY OPERATING PARAMETERS	    4-3

                   4.2.1  Introduction	    4-3
                   4.2.2  Controlled-Air Incinerators	    4-3
                   4.2.3  Multiple-Chamber Incinerators	    4-11
                   4.2.4  Rotary Kiln Incinerators	    4-15

              4.3  WASTE FEED HANDLING	    4-16

                   4.3.1  Proper Waste Handling	    4-17
                   4.3.2  Restricted Wastes	    4-20

              4.4  INCINERATOR OPERATION, CONTROL, AND MONITORING..    4-21

                   4.4.1  Batch Feed Controlled-Air Incinerator....    4-21
                   4.4.2  Intermittent-Duty, Controlled-Air
                            Inci nerators	    4-34
                   4.4.3  Continuous-Duty,  Controlled-Air
                            Incinerators	    4-37
                   4.4.4  Multiple-Chamber Incinerators	    4-39

              4.5  ADD-ON AIR POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEMS	    4-43

                   4.5.1  Wet Scrubbers	    4-43
                   4.5.2  Fabric  Filters	    4-48
                   4.5.3  Spray Dryers	    4-54
                   4.5.4  Dry Injection	    4-56

              4.6  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 4	    4-57

SECTION 5.0   MAINTENANCE	    5-1

              5.1  HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATORS	   5-1

                   5.1.1   Hourly/Daily  Maintenance	   5-2
                   5.1.2   Weekly/Biweekly Maintenance	   5-6
                   5.1.3   Monthly/Semiannual  Maintenance	   5-6

              5.2  WET SCRUBBERS	   5-8

                   5.2.1   Daily/Weekly  Maintenance	   5-8
                   5.2.2   Monthly/Semiannual  Maintenance	   5-10
                                   VI 1

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS  (continued)
                                                                      Page
              5.3  MAINTENANCE OF FABRIC FILTERS ...................    5-11

                   5.3.1  Daily Inspection/Maintenance .............    5-13
                   5.3.2  Weekly Inspection/Maintenance ............    5-13
                   5.3.3  Monthly/Quarterly Inspection/Maintenance    5-14
                   5.3.4  Semi annual /Annual Inspection/Maintenance    5-15

              5.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 5 ........................    5-15

SECTION 6.0   CONTROL AND MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION ...............    6-1

              6.1  OPERATING PARAMETERS THAT SHOULD BE MONITORED...    6-1

              6.2  TYPICAL INSTRUMENTATION .........................    6-2

                   6.2.1  Temperature ..............................    6-2
                   6.2.2  Pressure .................................    6-5
                   6.2.3  Oxygen Concentration .....................    6-6
                   6.2.4  Carbon Monoxide ..........................    6-11
                   6.2.5  Opacity ..................................    6-12
                   6.2.6  Charge Rate ..............................    6-14
                   6.2.7  Scrubber Liquor pH .......................    6-16

              6.3  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 6 ........................    6-17

SECTION 7.0   OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS AND  SOLUTIONS ...................    7-1

              7.1  OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS  ASSOCIATED
                     WITH HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATORS ..............    7-1

                   7.1.1  Excessive Stack Emissions—
                            Controlled-Air Units ...................    7-1
                   7.1.2  Excessive Stack Emissions—
                            Multiple-Chamber Units .................    7-4
                   7.1.3  Leakage of  Smoke From Primary Chamber....    7-5
                   7.1.4  Excessive Auxiliary Fuel Usage ...........    7-5
                   7.1.5  Incomplete  Burnout—Poor Ash Quality .....    7-6

              7.2  OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS  ASSOCIATED
                     WITH WET SCRUBBERS ............................    7-8

                   7.2.1  Corrosion ................................    7-8
                   7.2.2  Scaling ..................................    7-9
                   7.2.3  Erosion ..................................    7-9
                                   VII 1

-------
                      TABLE OF  CONTENTS  (continued)
                                                                      Page
              7.3  OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS AND  SOLUTIONS ASSOCIATED
                     WITH FABRIC FILTERS	   7-11

                   7.3.1  Opacity	   7-11
                   7.3.2  Pressure Drop	   7-13

              7.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 7	   7-15

SECTION 8.0   RECORDKEEPING	   8-1

              8.1  MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS  AND LITERATURE....   8-1

              8.2  COMPLIANCE EMISSION  TEST  RECORDS	   8-2

              8.3  OPERATING RECORDS	   8-2

              8.4  MAINTENANCE RECORDS	   8-4

                   8.4.1  Retrieval of  Records	   8-5

              8.5  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 8	   8-6

SECTION 9.0   SAFETY GUIDELINES	   9-1

              9.1  PREVENTION OF INFECTION DURING WASTE HANDLING...   9-1

              9.2  EQUIPMENT SAFETY PROCEDURES	   9-2

              9.3  FIRE  SAFETY	   9-4

              9.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 9	   9-5

SECTION 10.0  GLOSSARY	   10-1

              REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER  10	   10-6

-------
LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1
Figure 2-2
Figure 2-3
Figure 2-4

Figure 2-5
Figure 2-6

Figure 2-7
Figure 2-8
Figure 2-9

Figure 2-10
Figure 2-11
Figure 3-1
Figure 3-2
Figure 3-3
Figure 3-4
Figure 3-5
Figure 3-6
Figure 3-7

Figure 3-8

Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2


Major components of an incineration system 	
Relationship of temperature to excess air 	
In-line multiple-chamber incinerator with grate 	
Retort multiple-chamber incinerator for
pathological wastes 	
Schematic of a control led-air incinerator 	
Schematic of a single batch control led-air
i nci nerator 	
Example intermittent-duty, control led-air incineraor..
Hopper/ram mechanical waste feed system 	
Incinerator with step hearths and automatic ash
removal ...._. 	
Rotary kiln with auger feed 	
Incinerator with waste heat boiler and bypass stack...
Impaction 	
Spray venturi with circular throat 	
Spray venturi with rectangular throat 	
Countercurrent packed tower absorber 	
Countercurrent-flow spray tower 	
Pulse jet baghouse 	
Components of a spray dryer absorber system
(semiwet process) 	
Components of a dry injection absorption system
(dry process) 	
Schematic of an extractive monitoring system 	
Typical transmissometer installation of measuring
ooacitv 	
Page
2-3
2-11
2-23

2-24
2-28

-31
2-33
2-34

2-37
2-38
2-39
3-7
3-10
3-11
3-14
3-16
3-19

3-23

3-24
6-10

6-13

-------
                              LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 2-1   STOICHIOMETRIC OXYGEN REQUIREMENTS AND COMBUSTION

TABLE 2-2
TABLE 2-3
TABLE 2-4
TABLE 2-5
TABLE 3-1

TABLE 4-1

TABLE 4-2

TABLE 4-3
TABLE 4-4

TABLE 4-5

TABLE 5-1

TABLE 5-2

TABLE 5-3

TABLE 6-1
TABLE 6-2
TABLE 8-1



PRODUCTS YIELDS 	
EXAMPLES OF INFECTIOUS WASTE 	
CHARACTERIZATION OF HOSPITAL WASTE 	
CHARACTERIZATION OF HOSPITAL WASTE 	
CLASSIFICATION OF HOSPITAL INCINERATORS 	
CONTROL STRATEGIES FOR AIR POLLUTANTS FROM HOSPITAL
WASTE INCINERATORS 	
KEY INCINERATOR OPERATING PARAMETERS AND RECOMMENDED
OPERATING RANGE: CONTROLLED-AIR INCINERATOR 	
KEY INCINERATOR OPERATING PARAMETERS AND RECOMMENDED
OPERATING RANGE: MULTIPLE-CHAMBER INCINERATOR 	
EXAMPLE TIMED CONTROL CYCLE FOR BATCH MODE INCINERATOR
WET SCRUBBER PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS FOR HOSPITAL
WASTE INCINERATORS 	
KEY OPERATING PARAMETERS FOR FABRIC FILTER CONTROL
SYSTEMS 	
TYPICAL MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/CLEANING/LUBRICATION
SCHEDULE FOR A HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATOR 	
TYPICAL MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/CLEANING/LUBRICATION
SCHEDULE FOR A WET SCRUBBER 	
TYPICAL MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/CLEANING/LUBRICATION
SCHEDULE FOR A FABRIC FILTER SYSTEM 	
THERMOCOUPLE TYPES 	
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR OPACITY MONITORS 	
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PARAMETERS THAT SHOULD BE
INCLUDED IN OPERATING LOGS FOR INCINERATORS, WET
SCRUBBERS, FABRIC FILTERS, AND CONTINUOUS
EMISSION MONITORS 	
2-8
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-22

3-4

4-4

4-13
4-30

4-45

4-49

5-3

5-4

5-12
6-4
6-15



8-3

-------
                             1.0   INTRODUCTION

     The main objective  of  this document  is  to  identify the operation and
 maintenance  (O&M) procedures that  should  be  practiced on hospital  waste
 incinerators and associated air pollution control  equipment to minimize
 air emissions.  Proper O&M, in addition to reducing air emissions,
 improves equipment reliability and performance,  prolongs equipment life,
 and helps to ensure proper  ash burnout.   This document provides only
 general guidance on proper  O&M procedures with  the intention of
 identifying good operating  practices.  The operator of a hospital  waste
 incinerator should have  O&M manuals from  the manufacturer which provide
 specific O&M instructions for their equipment.   This document does not
 provide such specific instructions, and is not  intended to do so.   The
 document is intended as  a technical guide for use  by Federal, State,  and
 local agency personnel,  hospital waste management  personnel,  and hospital
 incinerator operators.
     The concern about disposal of infectious wastes generated by
 hospitals is increasing  rapidly due to the fear  of the spread of viruses
 such as acquired immune  deficiency syndrome  (AIDS)  and hepatitis B, as
 well as the concern about exposure to toxic metals  and organics.
 Incineration continues to be an attractive infectious  waste  disposal
 option for hospitals encountering  high disposal  costs,  refusal  of  their
 waste at treatment and disposal facilities, and  tighter regulation.
 Proper incineration sterilizes pathogenic  waste, reduces  waste  volumes by
 over 90 percent, and, in some cases, may provide economic benefits through
waste heat recovery.  Onsite incineration  is an  attractive option  because
 it reduces handling and transportation of  the wastes and  because waste
 heat recovery can have economic advantages for the facility.  The  need for
 disposal  of infectious wastes  and problems associated  with such disposal
 also has  spurred the interest  in special  commercial  incineration
 facilities.   In either case, the operating facility must  address the
problems  of air emissions and  ash disposal from the  incinerator.
     Hospital  waste  incinerators  may emit  a number of  pollutants depending
on the  waste being  incinerated.   These pollutants include:  particulate
matter,  acid gases,  toxic metals,  toxic organic  compounds, carbon
                                    1-1

-------
monoxide,  sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides,  and pathogens and viruses.
Proper operation of the incinerator will  reduce the emissions of most of
these pollutants.  Air pollution control  devices are available to further
control these pollutants.
     In response to public concern about  hospital incineration, several
States recently have enacted or are in the process of enacting regulations
which govern the incineration of general  hospital wastes and infectious
wastes, specifically.  These regulations  specify emission limits for
hospital  incinerators, and frequently they also address operating
practices  related to waste handling and charging, combustor operations,
ash characteristics, and ash handling practices.  Some of the operating
practices  that have been specified in these regulations include:
     1.  Limits on characteristics of wastes charged to the incinerator;
     2.  Specific requirements for waste  packaging and waste charging
practices;
     3.  Combustor temperature limits;
     4.  Ash burnout levels; and
     5.  Ash handling and disposal practices.
     The combustion efficiency of a hospital waste incinerator and the
pollutant  removal efficiency of its associated air pollution control
equipment  ultimately is affected by equipment O&M.  Regardless of how well
the equipment is designed, poor O&M practices will lead to the
deterioration of components and a resultant decrease in both combustion
quality and pollutant removal efficiency.   In addition, O&M practices
impact equipment reliability, on-line availability, continuous compliance
with emission limits and operating practice standards, and regulatory
agency/source relations.  Lack of timely  and proper O&M leads to a gradual
deterioration in the equipment, which in  turn increases the probability of
equipment  failure and decreases both the  reliability and on-line
availability of the equipment.  Frequent  violations of emission limits or
operating  the facility outside the limits  of operating practices
established by regulations can result in  public complaints, increased
frequency  of inspection, potential fines  for noncompliance, and in some
cases, mandatory shutdown until emission  problems are solved.  Good O&M
practices  are essential to safe, reliable  operation of the facility.
                                    1-2

-------
     This document summarizes technical information related to the proper
operation and maintenance of hospital waste incinerators and associated
air pollution control systems.  Chapter 2 presents background information
on hospital waste incineration systems including a summary of combustion
principles and descriptions of the types of incinerators typically used
for hospital waste.  Chapter 3 presents background information on add-on
air pollution control systems for hospital waste incinerators.  Chapter 4
identifies key operating parameters and good operating practices for
hospital waste incineration and air pollution control systems.  Operating
parameters which can be monitored and/or automatically controlled also are
discussed in Chapter 4.  Chapter 5 provides general guidance on the
maintenance of incinerators and air pollution control systems.  Chapter 6
describes instrumentation which can be used for the control and monitoring
of the key operating parameters.  Chapter 7 identifies some common
operational problems associated with hospital waste incinerators and air
pollution control systems; the possible causes and solutions to the
problems are discussed.  Chapter 8 discusses recordkeeping procedures
which can assist in operating and maintaining an incineration system.
Chapter 9 provides general safety guidelines, and Chapter 10 presents a
glossary of terms.
                                    1-3

-------

-------
                   2.0  HOSPITAL  INCINERATION SYSTEMS

2.1  INTRODUCTION

     Incineration is the process by which combustible materials are
burned, producing combustion gases and noncombustible residue and ash.
The product combustion gases are vented directly to the atmosphere or to
the atmosphere after treatment in an air pollution control device.  The
noncombustible ash residue is removed from the incinerator system and is
disposed of in a landfill.  Incineration provides the advantage of greatly
reducing the mass and volume of the waste.  This reduction substantially
reduces transportation and disposal costs.  For infectious hospital
wastes, another major objective of the incineration process is the
destruction of infectious organisms (pathogens)  that may exist in the
waste.  The destruction of the pathogens is caused by their exposure to
the high temperatures which exist within the incinerator.  Incineration of
hospital wastes also is attractive aesthetically because it destroys
organic components of the waste that the community often finds
objectionable when wastes are disposed, of in landfills.
     Two additional objectives achievable through proper operation of
hospital waste incinerators are minimizing organic content in the solid
residue and controlling atmospheric emissions to acceptable levels.
Generally, tight control  on organics in the ash, i.e.,  good burnout,
promotes waste reduction and pathogen destruction.  Reduction of
atmospheric emissions of constituents that are potentially harmful to
human health and the environment is a prerequisite to acceptance of
hospital incineration as a feasible disposal  alternative by the community.
     The overall purpose of this technical  document is  to present
information on the operation of hospital  waste incineration systems that
can contribute to achieving these objectives.  This chapter provides
background information on the incineration  process that will  enhance the
usefulness of the remainder of the document.   It presents information on
basic incineration principles and processes  and  integrates  this
information to promote an understanding of  hospital  waste incineration as
an overall system.
                                   2-1

-------
     The hospital waste Incineration process can be separated into the
following steps:
     1.  Waste preparation;
     2.  Waste charging;
     3.  Waste combustion;
     4.  Treatment of the combustion gases, (i.e., add-on air pollution
control); and
     5.  Residue ash handling.
Waste heat recovery also may be included as a part of the incinerator
system.  The incineration process and the major subsystems of an
incineration system are depicted in Figure 2-1.  An incinerator operates
as a system in which all of the process steps mentioned above are
interrelated.  For example, the charging procedures implemented by the
operator will affect how well the wastes burn in the combustion chamber
and, consequently, the ash quality.  Proper operation of a system requires
an understanding of the principles of operation of each of the components
and of the interrelationship of those components for a particular system
configuration.
     The remainder of this chapter presents background information on
hospital incineration processes in three parts.  Section 2.2 presents
fundamental  concepts on pathogen destruction and combustion principles.
Section 2.3 describes hospital waste characteristics and briefly addresses
how these characteristics affect incineration.   Section 2.4 describes
incineration system components and the different incinerator systems that
are used to treat hospital wastes.

2.2  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS RELATED TO HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATION

     An understanding of how an incinerator operates as a system requires
familiarity with some basic scientific and engineering principles.   This
section provides a brief discussion of the key  principles related to two
basic areas—pathogen destruction and combustion chemistry/physics.   The
discussions  are quite abbreviated and are  designed  to  provide the reader
with the basic information needed to understand the remainder of this
document; they do not provide complete coverage of  the subject areas.
                                   2-2

-------
                                         To
                                     Atmosphere
                                          Stack
          To
      Atmosphere
          t


      Stack
                                             r Waste ~!
                                             i  Heat
                                             L Boiler _]

  Air    i
Pollution '
 Control  J"
 System  i
                                         Ash
Figure 2-1.   Major  components of an  incineration  system.
                             2-3

-------
 Those  readers desiring more  information  on these subjects  should  consult
 References  1 through 3 on pathogen destruction and References  4 through  8
 on  combustion.

 2.2.1  Pathogen Destruction

     The primary objective of hospital waste incineration  is the
 destruction of pathogens in  infectious wastes.  The U. S.  Environmental
 Protection Agency (EPA) has defined infectious waste as "waste  capable of
 producing an infectious disease  ....  For a waste to be  infectious, it
 must contain pathogens with sufficient virulence and quantity  so  that
 exposure to the waste by a susceptible host could result in an  infectious
 disease."1  Some examples of hospital wastes which may be considered to  be
 infectious are:
     1.  Microbiological laboratory wastes including cultures and
 equipment which has come -in contact with cultures of infectious agents;
     2.  Blood and blood products (such as serum, plasma);
     3.  Sharps, including needles, laboratory glass wastes, and glass
 pipets;
     4.  Surgical, autopsy,  and obstetrical  wastes which have had contact
 with patient blood or body fluids;
     5.  Wastes which have had contact with  communicable disease isolation
 wastes;
     6.  Human and animal tissue containing  pathogens with sufficient
 virulence and quantity  so that exposure to the  waste by a susceptible
 human host could result in an infectious disease;  and
     7.  Dialysis unit  wastes; i.e.,  wastes  that  were in contact with the
 blood of patients undergoing  hemodialysis.
     The pathogens in infectious waste can be destroyed by the high
 temperatures achieved in hospital incinerators.   Data on the incinerator
conditions required  to  destroy the universe  of  pathogens that are  present
 in infectious waste  are quite limited, but they do  indicate that
temperature and  time of exposure are  important.   Emissions  of micro-
organisms from the incinerator could  be attributed  to insufficient
retention time and temperature as a result of the following conditions:
                                   2-4

-------
     1.  Initial charging of the incinerator before  operating temperatures
are achieved;
     2.  Failure to preheat the refractory  lining;
     3.  Temperature fluctuations caused by intermittent use;
     4.  Exceeding design airflow rates, thereby reducing the retention
time;
     5.  Charging beyond incinerator capacity; and
     6.  Excessive moisture content of the waste.
     Other factors such as the type of refractory lining, the positioning
and number of burners, and the precision of temperature controlling
devices also can have a significant bearing on the effectiveness of
sterilization.2'3  The destruction of micro-organi;
ash also depends on temperature and time exposure.
sterilization.  '    The destruction of micro-organisms in the incinerator
2.2.2  Principles of Combustion**"9
     In principle, combustion of hospital waste is a chemical process that
is equivalent to combustion of fossil fuels for energy recovery.  It is a
chemical reaction that involves rapid oxidation of the organic substances
in the waste and auxiliary fuels.  This violent reaction releases energy
in the form of heat and light and converts the organic materials to an
oxidized form.  Some of the basic principles related to the combustion
process are discussed in the following subsections.  Specifically, the
basic chemical reactions, stoichiometric air requirements, thermochemical
relations, and volumetric flows are discussed in the first four
subsections.  In the last subsection, the combustion process is discussed
in general terms, and the role of waste characteristics in that process is
outlined.
     2.2.2.1  Chemical Reactions.  The organic portion of hospital waste
consists primarily of carbon (C), hydrogen (H),  and oxygen (0).   These
elements are involved in the reactions that generate most of the energy
and the bulk of the combustion gas products that are released during
incineration.  Other elements found to a lesser  degree are metals, sulfur
(S), nitrogen (N), and chlorine (Cl).  Although  these elements are of
lesser importance to the main "combustion reaction,"  they play an
important  role in potential  air pollution problems.

                                    2-5

-------
     The reaction chemistry in the combustion zone is quite complex and
involves a wide variety of organic compounds and free radical species.
However, a general understanding of combustion can be achieved by treating
these reactions simply as a combination of carbon and hydrogen in the
organic material with the oxygen in the combustion air and organic
material.  These simplified reactions can be represented by the chemical
equations:

                            C+02 - C02 +  Heat                        (2-1)
                           2H2+02 * 2H20 + Heat                      (2-2)
When complete combustion occurs, carbon and hydrogen combine with the
oxygen of the combustion air to form carbon dioxide (C02) and water vapor
(H20), respectively, as shown above.   If incomplete combustion occurs,
carbon monoxide (CO) also will be formed.
     Available thermodynamic equilibrium data and bench-scale test data
indicate that organic chlorine which enters the combustion chamber reacts
almost completely to form hydrogen chloride (HC1) and elemental chlorine
(C12).  Unless the system has very low H:C1 ratios in the feed, almost no
C12 is formed.8   The HC1 and any C12 that is formed leave the combustion
chamber in vapor phase.
     Sulfur that is chemically bound in organic materials making up the
hospital waste is oxidized during the combustion process to form sulfur
dioxide (S02) at a rate directly proportional to the sulfur content of the
waste.  Some S02 may react with alkaline reagents also present in the
waste or ash.  However, the amount of S02  involved in such reactions is
expected to be negligible due to the high  HC1 content of the flue gas.
Because it is a stronger acid than S02, HC1 will react more quickly with
available alkaline compounds than S02 and  will  tie up the alkaline
compounds before they have a chance to react with S02.  Consequently,
essentially all organic sulfur present in  the waste will leave the
combustion chamber as vapor phase S02.
     Nitrogen enters the combustion chamber as  a component of the waste
and in the combustion air.  It can react in the combustion chamber to
produce nitrogen oxides (NOX).  The NOX is formed by one of two general
                                    2-6

-------
mechanisms.  "Thermal NOX" is the result of the reaction  between molecular
nitrogen and molecular oxygen, both of which enter the combustion zone  in
the combustion air.  "Fuel NO'1 results from the oxidation of nitrogen
                             A
which enters the combustion zone chemically bound within  the fuel
structure.  The rate of thermal NOX formation is sensitive to the flame
temperature.  The detailed mechanisms of fuel NOx formation are not well
understood, but the formation is not extremely sensitive  to temperature.
     2.2.2.2  Stoichiometric Combustion Air.  The theoretical amount of
oxygen required for complete combustion is known as the Stoichiometric or
theoretical oxygen and is determined by the nature and the quantity of the
combustible material to be burned.  Combustion oxygen is  usually obtained
from atmospheric air.  The additional oxygen (or air) over and above the
Stoichiometric amount is called "excess air."
     The overall chemical composition (ultimate analysis) of the waste/
fuel mixture can be used to calculate the mass-based Stoichiometric oxygen
requirements with the factors in Table 2-1.  Volumetric oxygen require-
ments can be estimated with the following equation:

                               Q0 - MQ  • K                           (2-3)
•
Q  = volumetric flow of 02 (scm/h)
MQ = Mass flow of 02 (kg/h)
K = 0.2404 son 02/kg 02 at 20°C and 1 atm.
     Total volumetric air requirements can be estimated by multiplying
volumetric oxygen requirements by 5.
     2.2.2.3  Thermochemical  Relations.   Thermochemical  calculations are
used to estimate heat release and heat transfer associated with combus-
tion.  These calculations permit determination of the energy released by
the combustion process and assessment of the transfer of the energy to the
environment.   Thermochemical  calculations  involve determination of fuel
(or waste) heating values, heat contents of entering and leaving streams,
and any other heat losses.  A definition of terms that will  be helpful  for
understanding these calculations  is  presented below.
     Heat of combustion.   Heat energy evolved from the union of a
combustible substance with oxygen to  form  C02 and H20 (and S02)  as the end
                                   2-7

-------
       TABLE 2-1.   STOICHIOMETRIC OXYGEN REQUIREMENTS AND COMBUSTION
                            PRODUCTS  YIELDS

Elemental             Stoichiometric
waste component       oxygen requirement          Combustion  product yield
C
H2
02
N2
H20
C12

F2

Br2
I2
S
P
Air N2
2.67 Ib/lb C
8.0 Ib/lb H2
-1.0 Ib/lb 02
—
—
-0.23 Ib/lb C12

-0.42 Ib/lb F2

—
—
.1.0 Ib/ Ib S
1.29 Ib/lb P
—
3.67 Ib C02/lb C
9.0 Ib H20/lb H2

1.0 Ib N2/lb N2
1.0 Ib H20/lb H20
1.03 Ib HCl/lb C12
-0.25 Ib H20/lb C12
1.05 Ib HF/lb F2
-0.47 Ib H20/lb F2
1.0 Ib Br2/lb Br2
1.0 Ib I2/lb I2
2.0 Ib S02/lb S
2.29 Ib P20s/lb P
3.31 Ib N2/lb (02)stoich
Stoichiometric air requirement = 4.31x(02)S|-0jc:.n
                                    2-3

-------
 products,  with  both  the  reactants  starting  and  the  products  ending at the
 same conditions,  usually 20°C  (68°F)  and  1  atm  (29.92  in  Hg).
      Gross or higher heating value—HVg or  HHV.   The quantity  of heat
 evolved as determined  by a calorimeter where  the  combustion  products  are
 cooled  to  16°C  (60°F)  and all  water vapor is  condensed  to liquid.   Usually
 expressed  in terms of  kcal/g or  kcal/m  (Btu/lb or  Btu/scf).
      Net or lower heating value—HVN  or LHV.  Similar to  the higher
 heating value except that the  water produced  by the combustion is  not
 condensed  but is  retained as vapor at 18°C  (60°F).  Expressed  in the  same
 units as the gross heating value.
      Enthalpy or  heat  content.   Total heat  content, expressed  in kcal/g
 (Btu/lb),  above a standard reference  condition.
      Sensible heat.  Heat, the addition or  removal  of which results in a
 change  of  temperature.
      Latent heat.  Heat  associated with a change  of phase, e.g., from
 liquid  to  vapor (vaporization) or  from liquid to  solid  (fusion), without a
 change  in  temperature.   Usually  expressed as  kcal/g (Btu/lb)."
      Available heat.  The quantity of heat  available for  intended  (useful)
 purposes.   The difference between  the gross heat  input to a combustion
 chamber and all  the  losses.
      For steady-state operations:

 Heat  in (sensible + HHV)  = Heat out (sensible + latent + available)   (2-4)

      Heat  is liberated in the combustion process at the rate of  7.8 kcal/g
 of carbon  burned and 34 kcal/g of hydrogen burned (14,100 Btu per pound  of
 carbon  burned  and 61,000  Btu  per pound of  hydrogen burned).  Alterna-
 tively,   heat is  liberated from the combustion process  at a rate that  is
equal to the product of the mass flow rate of the waste (and auxiliary
fuel) and the  higher heating  value of  waste  (and fuel).   A major latent
 "heat loss" is the energy required to  evaporate  moisture in the waste  and
vaporize organic constituents.   The energy required  to  raise the
temperature of the evaporated  moisture and any excess  air to combustion
chamber  temperatures  is a part  of the  sensible "heat loss."
                                    2-9

-------
     Maximum combustion temperatures are attained at stoichiometric
conditions.  As the amount of excess air is increased above the
stoichiometric point, the combustion temperature is lowered because energy
is used to heat the combustion air from ambient temperature to the combus-
tion chamber temperature.  The greater the volume of the excess air, the
greater the "heat loss" due to raising the air temperature.  As the amount
of excess air is decreased, the combustion temperature increases until it
becomes maximum at the stoichiometric point.  Below the stoichiometric
point, the temperature decreases because complete combustion has not
occurred.  Since the complete combustion reaction (which is exothermic)
has not occurred, the maximum heat is not generated.  A graphical
representation of the relationship between combustion temperature and
excess air level is shown in Figure 2-2.
     As the excess-air level increases, the volume of oxygen supplied to
the incinerator that is not reacted increases, resulting in a higher
oxygen concentration in the effluent gas stream.  Since the total amount
by weight (kg) of carbon dioxide generated during combustion is based on
stoichiometric ratios, it remains constant for a specific quantity of
carbon in the waste.  However, as the excess-air level  increases, the
concentration of carbon dioxide in the total combustion gas stream
decreases due to dilution from the excess air (oxygen and nitrogen).  The
oxygen concentration and carbon dioxide concentration of the effluent gas
stream are useful indicators of the combustion excess air levels and are
useful for monitoring the combustion process.
     2.2.2.4  Volumetric Gas Flows.  Gas flows through  a combustion system
and air pollution control system are a major consideration in the design
and operation of those systems.  Three key principles that are important
to understanding the operation of those systems are the relationship of
volumetric flow to gas residence time, the volume occupied by compounds
(either organic constituents or water) vaporized in the combustion
chamber, and the relationship of gas volume to temperature and pressure.
     Complete destruction of pathogens and complete combustion of organic
constituents require exposure of the materials to high  temperatures for
minimum residence times.  Some State regulations now require a minimum
residence time in the secondary combustion chambers, and operators must
                                   2-10

-------
TEMPERATURE
              MAXIMUM
              TEMPERATURE
                  DEFICIENT AIR
EXCESS AIR
                          PERCENT EXCESS AIR
       Figure 2-2.  Relationship of temperature to excess air.
                             2-11

-------
comply with these requirements.  The residence time is a function of
chamber volume and volumetric flow rate and can be estimated  (plug flow
assumed) with the following equations:
                                 t _ 60 V                             .   ,.
                                 t - *	                             (2-5)
                                 s 'air + V                        ('
where:
        t = residence time, s
        V = combustion chamber volume, m
     Qgas = combustion gas flow rate at combustion chamber conditions,
            m /min
        r = combustion airflow rate at combustion chamber conditions,
            m /min
        Q = release rate of free moisture from the waste at combustion
            chamber conditions, m /min
These equations assume complete turbulent flow in the combustion chamber
and that the volume of combustion gas is approximately equal to the volume
of combustion air.
     As waste is exposed to high temperatures in the combustion chamber,
some materials in that waste are volatilized into the vapor or gas
phase.  Two issues of particular concern are the volume of water vapor
produced by the moisture in the waste and the volume of gas produced by
highly volatile organic materials such as solvents that evaporate almost
instantly as they are exposed to high temperatures.  The volume of gas
produced from a given mass of material can be calculated from the
equation:

                                         Mi
                              V. = 24.04 ^                         (2-7)

where:
      V.j = volume of compound i at standard  conditions, son
      M.J = mass of compound i, kg
     MW.J = molecular weight of compound i, g/g mole
                                   2-12

-------
 This equation  estimates volumes at  standard  conditions, which  are  defined
 to  be 20°C  (68°F)  and  1 atm  (29.92  in. Hg).   The  paragraphs  below  describe
 how volumes can  be estimated for different temperatures and  pressures.
     The volume  that a gas occupies, or the  volumetric flow  rate of  a gas,
 is  dependent on  the temperature and pressure of the gas.  Estimates  of  gas
 volume or gas  volumetric flow can be modified to  reflect different
 temperatures or  pressures with the equations:
                                                                      (2-8)
where:
     Vj = volume at condition i, m
     T.J = temperature at condition i, K (where K = 273+°C)
     PJ = absolute pressure at condition i, atm
     Q.J = volumetric flow at condition i, m3/nnn
     2.2.2.5  The Combustion Process.  The goal of the combustion process
is complete combustion of the organic constituents in the waste feed.
Complete combustion requires sufficient air in the combustion chamber,
sufficient temperatures in the combustion bed and combustion gas,
sufficient time over which materials are exposed to a temperature profile,
and mixing that assures good contact of the waste/fuel with the combustion
air.
     Each organic substance in hospital waste has a characteristic minimum
ignition temperature that must be attained or exceeded, in the presence of
oxygen, for combustion to occur.   Above the ignition temperature, heat is
generated at a higher rate than it is lost to the surroundings, and the
elevated temperatures necessary for sustained combustion are maintained.
     The residence  time of a constituent in the high-temperature region
should exceed the time required for the combustion of that constituent to
                                   2-13

-------
take place.  Residence time requirements establish constraints on the size
and shape of the furnace for a desired firing rate.  Because the reaction
rate increases with increasing temperature, a shorter residence time will
be required for combustion at higher temperatures if good combustion
conditions are present.
     Adequate oxygen supplies and turbulence and the resultant mixing of
organic materials and oxygen are also essential for efficient
combustion.  Inadequate mixing of combustible gases and air in the furnace
can lead to emissions of incomplete combustion products, even from an
otherwise properly sized unit with sufficient oxygen.  Turbulence will
speed up the evaporation of liquid fuels for combustion in the vapor
phase.  In the combustion of waste solids, turbulence will help to break
up the layer of combustion products formed around a burning particle of
waste.  Under nonturbulent conditions, the combustion rate is slowed
because this layer of combustion products decreases the amount of oxygen
that contacts the surface of the particle.
     For hospital waste incinerators, the distribution of combustion air
between the primary and secondary chambers and the methods used to inject
that air to the chamber are key operating considerations.  The
distribution of air between the two chambers affects the amount of oxygen
that is available for reaction in each chamber.  (See the discussion of
stoichiometry above.)   The method of injection of the air to the two
chambers is one of the factors that controls turbulence and mixing.
     The chemical and physical characteristics of the waste stream also
have significant effects on the combustion process and on the composition
of the effluents from the process.   Generally, wastes can be characterized
by a "proximate analysis," which is a laboratory determination of four
waste characteristics—volatile matter,  fixed carbon, moisture, and  ash or
noncombustibles.  The paragraphs below define these four parameters  and
describe their effects on the combustion process.
     Volatile matter is that portion of  the waste which can be liberated
(i.e., vaporized) with the application of heat only (i.e., no chemical
reaction occurs).  Actual combustion of  volatile matter is a gas-phase
reaction (i.e., the combustion occurs after the material  has been
vaporized).  Key factors that must  be considered when volatile matter is
                                   2-14

-------
introduced to the combustor are the rate at which the material is
vaporized and the ability of the combustor to provide adequate volume and
airflow for that release.
     Fixed carbon is the nonvolatile carbon portion of the waste and must
be burned at higher temperatures and at increased duration of exposure to
the combustion air.  The combustion of fixed carbon is a solid-phase
reaction.  An incinerator should be operated with a solids residence time
that is sufficient for fixed carbon combustion.
     Moisture, which is evaporated from the waste as temperatures of the
waste are raised in the combustion chamber, passes through the
incinerator, unchanged, as water vapor.  Two major impacts that this
moisture has on the combustion system are increasing volumetric flow and
reducing residence time of the combustion gases.  It also absorbs energy
and reduces the temperature in the combustor.
     Unlike organic constituents, inorganic constituents, specifically
metals, are not "destroyed" during the combustion process.  Rather, they
are distributed or partitioned among the incinerator effluent streams.
Metals constituents can leave the combustion chamber as bottom ash or in
the combustion gas.  The relative distribution of the metals between these
streams is based on such factors as the chemical form of the metals
charged to the combustor, the localized reaction atmosphere in the
combustion chamber, localized chamber temperatures, and localized chamber
airflows.  Metals that leave the chamber as bottom ash ultimately can
reach a land disposal site or can be lost to the atmosphere as fugitive
emissions.  Metals can leave the combustion chamber in the gas stream
either as entrained particulate matter or as a metal  vapor.  If the metals
emissions from an incinerator are of concern, they can be reduced by using
an add-on air pollution control system.  The efficiency of such a control
system will  depend on the control system design and operating character-
istics and the physical characteristics of the metals, particularly the
solid/vapor distribution and the size distribution of the metals  that are
entrained as particles.
                                   2-15

-------
2.3  HOSPITAL WASTE CHARACTERISTICS

     Hospital wastes are heterogeneous mixtures of general refuse,
laboratory and pharmaceutical chemicals and containers, and pathological
wastes.  All of these wastes may contain potentially infectious wastes.
In some cases, the wastes fired to hospital incinerators also may contain
wastes classified as hazardous under the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) or low-level radioactive waste.
     General refuse from hospitals is similar to generic wastes from
residences and institutions and includes artificial linens, paper,
flowers, food, cans, diapers, and plastic cups.  Laboratory and pharmaceu-
tical chemicals can include alcohols; disinfectants; antineoplastic
agents; and heavy metals, such as mercury.  Infectious wastes include
isolation wastes (refuse associated with isolation patients); cultures and
stocks of infectious agents and associated biologicals; human blood and
blood products; pathological wastes; contaminated sharps; and contaminated
animal carcasses, body parts, and bedding.   Examples  of wastes defined as
infectious are presented in Table 2-2.   In the U.S.,  infectious wastes are
required to be discarded in orange or red plastic bags or containers.
Often these "red bag" wastes may contain noncontaminated general refuse
discarded along with the infectious waste.
     Incinerators are thermal systems; they are designed to operate at a
certain heat input (kcal/h or Btu/h).  Under the most  efficient operating
conditions, the heat input rate would be constant at or near the maximum
design rate.  Furthermore, all of the heat input would come from the
waste, with little or no need for auxiliary fuel.  The waste character-
istics, i.e., heat content and moisture content of the waste being charged
to the incinerator, will affect the operator's ability to maintain good
combustion conditions in the incinerator without the use of auxiliary
fuel.
     The chemical and physical characteristics of the  different waste
materials that are fired to hospital waste incinerators vary widely.  A
study of hospitals in Ontario provided information on  the heating value,
bulk density, and moisture content of different waste  materials.  The
results from this study are presented in Table 2-3 (SI units)" and
Table 2-4 (English units).2

                                   2-16

-------
                 TABLE  2-2.   EXAMPLES  OF  INFECTIOUS WASTE
Waste category
Examples3
 Isolation wastes
Cultures and stocks of
  infectious agents and
  associated biologicals
Human blood and blood
  products

Pathological waste
Contaminated sharps
Contaminated animal
  carcasses, body parts,
  and bedding
 •  Wastes from patients with diseases
   considered communicable and requiring
   isolation

 •  Refer to Centers for Disease Control,
   Guidelines for Isolation Precautions in
   Hospitals, July 1983

 •  Specimens from medical and pathology
   laboratories

 •  Cultures and stocks of infectious agents
   from clinical, research, and industrial
   laboratories; disposable culture dishes,
   and devices used to transfer, inoculate
   and mix cultures

 •  Wastes from production of biologicals

 •  Discarded live and attenuated vaccines

 •  Waste blood, serum, plasma,  and blood
   products

 •  Tissues, organs,  body parts, blood, and
   body fluids removed during surgery,
   autopsy, and biopsy

 •  Contaminated hypodermic needles, syringes,
   scalpel  blades,  pasteur pipettes, and
   broken glass

•  Contaminated animal carcasses,  body parts,
   and bedding of animals that  were inten-
   tionally exposed  to pathogens
 These materials are examples of wastes covered  by  each  category.   The
 categories are not limited to these materials.
                                   2-17

-------
TABLE 2-3.  CHARACTERIZATION OF HOSPITAL WASTE'



Component description
Human anatomical
Plastics
Swabs, absorbants
Alcohol, disinfectants
Animal infected anatomical
Glass
Beddings, shavings, paper,
fecal natter
Gauze, pads, swabs, gar-
ments , paper , ce 1 1 u 1 ose
Plastics, PVC, syringes
Sharps, needles
Fluids, res i dua 1 s
TABLE 2-4.



Component description
Human anatomical
Plastics
Swabs, absorbants
Alcohol, disinfectants
Animal infected anatomical
Glass
Beddings, shavings, paper,
fecal aatter
Gauze, pads, swabs, gar-
ments , paper , ce 1 1 u 1 ose
Plastics, PVC, syringes
Sharps, needles
Fluids, residuals

HHV
dry basis,
kJ/kg
18,600-27,900
32,500-46,500
18,600-27,900
25,500-32,500
20,900-37,100
0
18,600-20,900

18,600-27,900

22,500-46,500
140
0-23,200

Bulk
density as..
fired, kg/irr5
800-1 ,200
80-2,300
80-1 ,000
800-1 ,000
500-1 ,300
2,800-3,600
320-730

80-1 ,000

80-2,300
7,200-8,000
990-1 ,010
Moisture
content of
component,
weight 2
70-90
0-1
0-30
0-0.2
60-90
0
10-50

0-30

0-1
0-1
80-100

Heat
value as
fired, kj/g
1,860-8,370
32,300-46,500
13,000-27,900
25,500-32,500
2,090-14,900
0
9,300-18,800

13,000-27,900

22,300-46,500
140
0-4,640
CHARACTERIZATION OF HOSPITAL WASTE2

HHV
dry basis,
Btu/ 1 b
8,000-12,000
14,000-20,000
8,000-12,000
11,000-14,000
9,000-16,000
0
8,000-9,000

8,000-12,000

9,700-20,000
60
0-10,000
Bulk
dens i ty
as fired,
Ib/ft-5
50-75
5-144
5-62
48-62
30-80
175-225
20-45

5-62

5-144
450-500
62-63
Moisture
content of
component,
weight i
70-90
0-1
0-30
0-0.2
60-90
0
10-50

0-30

0-1
0-1
80-100

Heat va 1 ue
as f i red ,
Btu/ 1 b
800-3,600
13,900-20,000
5,600-12,000
11,000-14,000
900-6,400
0
4,000-8,100

5,600-12,000

9,600-20,000
60
0-2,000
                     2-18

-------
     Hospital waste can vary considerably in composition and consequently
in heat content, moisture content, and bulk density.  Hospital waste can
vary in Btu content from a low value of about 3,400 kj/kg (1,500 Btu/lb)
(primarily low-Btu, high-moisture anatomical waste) to 45,000 kJ/kg
(20,000 Btu/lb) (low-moisture, high-heat content plastics such as poly-
ethylene).  Because of the potential for a wide range in waste character-
istics and the impact of varying waste characteristics on incinerator
performance, large volumes of wastes with unusually high or low Btu or
moisture contents should be identified so that charging procedures and
rates to the incinerator can be adjusted accordingly as described in
Chapter 4.0.
     The chemical composition of the waste materials also may affect
pollutant emissions.  Wastes containing metals and plastics are of
particular concern.  Metals which vaporize at the primary combustion
chamber temperature (e.g., mercury) may become metal oxides with particle
size distributions primarily in the size range of 1 ym or less.  These
small particles may become easily entrained and exhausted with the
combustion gases with limited capture by conventional air pollution
control equipment.  Halogenated plastics, such as polyvinyl chloride, will
produce acid gases such as HC1.  The presence of the chlorinated waste
also may contribute to the formation of toxic polycyclic organic material
such as dioxins and furans under poor operating conditions.
     Some plastics such as polyethylene and polystyrene do not contain
significant amounts of halogens and can be incinerated efficiently without
major concern for acid gas or toxic pollutant formation.  However, the
high heating value of these and other plastic materials can cause
excessively high temperatures in the primary combustion chamber.   The
potential for refractory damage, slagging, and clinker formation increases
unless charging rates are adjusted or the plastics are mixed with other
wastes of lower heat content.
                                   2-19

-------
2.4  TYPES OF HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATOR SYSTEMS

2.4.1  Introduction7'11'12

     The terminology used to describe hospital  waste incinerators that has
evolved over the years is quite varied.   Multiple names have been used for
the same basic types of incinerators, and much  of the terminology does not
enhance precise definitions that can be  used to define good O&M practices.
However, most incinerators  have been grouped historically into one of
three types--"muHipie-chamber," "control! ed-air," and "rotary kiln."
     Most incineration systems installed before the early 1960's were
"multiple-chamber" systems  designed and  constructed according to
Incinerator Institute of America (IIA) standards.  The multiple-chamber
incinerator has two or more combustion chambers.  These "multiple-chamber"
systems are designed to operate at high  excess-air levels and, hence, are
often referred to as "excess-air" incinerators.  Multiple-chamber, excess-
air incinerators are still  found at many hospitals.  Many of the multiple-
chamber incinerators were designed specifically for pathological wastes
and are still being used for that purpose.  Note that although the term
"multiple-chamber" incinerator typically is used to describe this type of
excess-air incinerator, the typical control 1ed-air and rotary kiln units
also contain multiple chambers.
     The incineration technology that has been  installed most extensively
for hospital wastes over the last 15 years generally has been "controlled-
air" incineration.  This technology is also called "starved-air" combus-
tion, "modular" combustion, and "pyrolytic" combustion.  The systems are
called "controlled air" or  "starved air" because they operate with two
chambers in series and the  first chamber operates at substoichiometric
conditions.  Similar modular "controlled-air" units which operate with
excess-air levels in the primary chamber are also manufactured and sold
for combustion of municipal solid waste  (MSW);  however, these units
apparently are not widely used for hospital waste incineration.
     Rotary kiln-type incineration systems have been widely used for
hazardous waste incineration in the U.S.  The rotary kiln has two
combustion chambers.  The primary chamber is a  horizontal rotating kiln
                                   2-20

-------
that typically operates with excess air.  However, some manufacturers now
have rotary kilns designed to operate with a substoichiometric atmosphere
in the kiln; these kilns use special seals and air injection schemes.13
The exhaust gases exit the kiln to a fixed secondary chamber.  Rotary kiln
incineration technology is being applied to hospital waste incineration at
a few locations in the U.S. and Canada.
     This historical  grouping of incineration types is of some assistance
in characterizing how hospital waste incinerators operate, but it is
limited because it does not address the complete combustion "system" and
how the incinerator is operated.  Three important factors which help to
characterize the hospital  waste incinerator system and its operation are
(1) the air distribution to the combustion chambers, (2) the mode of
operation and method  of moving waste through the system, and (3) the
method of ash removal.  For hospital waste incinerators, air distribution
can be classified based on whether the primary chamber operates under
substoichiometric (starved) or excess-air conditions.  The mode of
operation can be single batch, intermittent duty, or continuous duty.  Ash
is removed on a batch or a semicontinuous basis.  Table 2-5 characterizes
the major types of incinerators that are likely to be found at U.S.
hospitals with respect to  these three factors described above.  The
remainder of this section  describes the types of incinerators as
classified in Table 2-5.

2.4.2  Multiple-Chamber Incinerators1"

     Two traditional  designs that are used for multiple chamber
incinerators are the  "in-line hearth" and "retort" hearth.  Figure 2-3
depicts the in-line hearth design.   For in-line hearth incinerators,
combustion gases flow straight through the incinerator, with turns in the
vertical direction only (as depicted by the arrows in Figure 2-3).
Figure 2-4 depicts the retort hearth multiple-chamber incinerator.  In the
retort hearth design,  the  combustion gases turn in the vertical  direction
(upward and downward)  as in the in-line incinerator,  but also turn
sideways-as they flow through the incinerator.   Because the secondary
chamber is adjacent .to the primary  chamber (they share a wall)  and the
                                   2-21

-------
                                 TABLE 2-5.  CLASSIFICATION OF HOSPITAL  INCINERATORS
      Type of  Incinerator
                        A1r supply
                                        a
Waste feed
Ash removal
ro
i
ro
ro
      Multiple chamber
       Intermittent duty
        controlled air
Continuous duty
  controlled air

Rotary kiln
                        Excess
      Batch/controlled air    Starved
                        Starved
                              Starved
                               Excess
Manual or mechanical batch
  feed; single or multiple
  batches per burn

Batch (manual or mechanical);
  1 batch per burn

Manual or mechanical batch
  feed; multiple batches per
  burn

Mechanical continuous or
  multiple batch feed

Mechanical semi continuous
  or continuous feed
Batch at end of burn
                                                                          Batch  at  end  of  burn
Batch at end of burn
Intermittently or continuously
  during burn

Continuous
        Indicates whether primary chamber operates at below (starved) or above (excess) stolchlometrlc air
       levels.

-------
       GralM
Figure 2-3.  In-line multiple-chamber  incinerator with grate.
                                                              1 5
                              2-23

-------
    Charging
    Door
                                             Stack
  Ignition Chamber
             Hearth
                                                     Secondary
                                                     Air Ports
                                                     Secondary
                                                     Burner Port

                                                     Mixing
                                                     Chamber
First
Underhearth
Port
 Secondary
 Combustion
 Chamber
                         Mixing Chamber
                                           RamePort
                                                       Charging
                                                       Door

                                                      Hearth
                                                     Primary
                                                     Burner Port
                                                  Second
                                                  Underhearth
                                                  Port
Figure  2-4.   Retort  multiple-chamber^incinerator  for
                   pathological wastes.
                             2-24

-------
gases turn in the shape of a U, the design of the incinerator is more
compact.  In-line incinerators perform better at capacities greater than
750 Ib/h.  The retort design performs more efficiently than the in-line
design at capacities less than 750 Ib/h.  The retort design is the most
common design used in hospital waste applications.
     Multiple-chamber incinerators may have fixed hearths or grates or a
combination of the two in the primary chamber.  The use of grates for a
system incinerating infectious waste is not recommended because liquids,
sharps, and small, partially combusted items can fall through the grates
prior to complete combustion or sterilization.
     Multiple-chamber incinerators frequently are designed and used
specifically for incinerating pathological ("Type 4" anatomical) wastes.
Pathological waste has a high moisture content and may contain liquids;
consequently, a pathological incinerator always will be designed with a
fixed hearth.  A raised "lip" at the door often is designed into the
hearth to prevent liquids from spilling out the door during charging.
Because the heating value of pathological waste is low and is not
sufficient to sustain combustion, the auxiliary burner(s) provided in the
primary chamber of pathological incinerators are designed for continuous
operation and with sufficient capacity to provide the total heat input
required.
     2.4.2.1  Principle of Combustion and Air Distribution.  Combustion in
the multiple-chamber incinerator occurs in two (or more)  combustion
chambers.  Both chambers are operated with excess air (thus these units
often are referred to as "excess-air" incinerators).  Ignition of the
waste, volatilization of moisture, vaporization of volatile matter, and
combustion of the fixed carbon (solid-phase combustion)  occur in the
primary chamber.   The combustion gases containing the volatiles exit the
primary chamber through a flame port into a mixing chamber and then pass
into the secondary combustion chamber.   Secondary air is  added into the
flame port and is mixed with the combustion gas in the mixing chamber.   A
secondary burner  is provided in the mixing chamber to maintain adequate
temperatures for  complete combustion as the gases pass into and through
the secondary combustion chamber.
                                   2-25

-------
     The incinerator is designed for surface combustion of the waste which
is achieved by predominant use of overfire combustion air and limiting the
amount of underfire air in the primary chamber.  Multiple-chamber, excess-
air incinerators operate with an overall excess-air range of 300 to
600 percent.llf  In older units, combustion air typically was provided by
natural draft via manually adjusted dampers and air in-leakage through
doors.  Newer multiple-chamber incinerators often use forced-draft
combustion air blowers to provide the combustion air to the combustion
chambers.
     2.4.2.2  Mode of Operation.  Multiple-chamber incinerators typically
are designed for single batch or intermittent-duty operation.  That is,
this type of incinerator typically does not have an automatic, continuous
ash removal system which would make continuous operation possible.
Consequently, the incinerator must be shut down at routine intervals (for
example, daily) for ash removal, and the incinerator is operated
"intermittently."
     2.4.2.3  Waste Feed Charging Systems.  Waste feed charging to
multiple-chamber units is typically done manually.  The waste is loaded
into the primary chamber through the open charging door.  Mechanical
charging systems, such as hopper/ram-feed systems also may be used.
(Hopper/ram-feed systems are discussed in the next section.)
     2.4.2.4  Ash Removal Systems.  For the typical  multiple-chamber
incinerator, ash is removed manually after the incinerator is shut down.
The charging and/or ash cleanout doors are opened, and either a rake or
shovel is used to remove the ash.
     2.4.2.5  Use of Multiple-Chamber Incinerators for Incinerating
Hospital Wastes.  The use of multiple-chamber, excess-air incinerators for
incineration of red-bag wastes has several drawbacks.  First, operating in
the surface-combustion excess-air mode in the primary chamber results in
entrainment of fly-ash which can cause excessive particulate matter
emissions.  Second, since the incinerator is designed to operate with the
primary chamber in an excess-air mode, the combustion air levels and the
combustion rate within the primary chamber are not easily controlled.
Consequently, the incinerator control system may not provide a sufficient
level  of control to assure complete combustion when waste composition and
                                   2-26

-------
volatile content of the waste fluctuates over a wide range.  Red bag
wastes are not homogeneous and may vary widely in volatile content and
moisture content.  Third, operating with high levels of excess air is less
energy efficient because it requires auxiliary fuel usage to maintain
secondary combustion chamber temperatures.
     Multiple-chamber, excess-air incinerators are better suited to
incineration of pathological wastes than red bag wastes because the
consequences of the above-mentioned drawbacks are not as severe for
pathological wastes.2  The volatile content of pathological waste is low,
and in general, the waste composition is not highly variable.  The primary
burner provides most of the heat input and the incinerator operates in a
steady, constant mode with a steady, consistent combustion air input and
excess-air level.
     In some cases, older multiple-chamber incinerators may be upgraded to
include more modern technology.  Recently, some older multiple-chamber
units have been retrofitted so that the incinerator operates with
substoichiometric air levels in the primary chamber; in essence, these
units have been converted into the controlled-air units discussed in the
   .     . .   15
next section.

2.4.3  Controlled-Air Incinerators

     2.4.3.1  Principle of Controlled-Air Incineration.16  The principle
of controlled-air incineration involves sequential combustion operations
carried out in two separate chambers.  Figure 2-5 is a simplified
schematic of an incinerator that operates on the controlled-air
principle.  The primary chamber (sometimes referred to as the ignition
chamber) accepts the waste, and the combustion process is begun in a below
stoichiometric oxygen atmosphere.   The amount of combustion air to the
primary chamber is strictly regulated ("controlled").   The combustion air
usually is fed to the system as underfire air.  Three  processes occur in
the primary chamber.  First, the moisture in the waste is volatilized.
Second, the volatile fraction of the waste is vaporized,  and the volatile
gases are directed to the secondary chamber.   Third,  the  fixed carbon
remaining in the waste is combusted.   The combustion gases containing the
                                   2-27

-------
AUXILARY
IGNITION
BURNER
                  COMBUSTION GASES
                       SECONDARY CHAMBER
                       Volatile Content is Burned
                      Under Excess Air Conditions




MAIN BURNER
FOR MAINTAINING
MINIMUM COMBUSTION
TEMPERATURE
                                                              MAIN FLAMEPORT AIR
                                                            ASH AND
                                                            NON-COMBUSTIBLES
                                                           CONTROLLED UNDERFIRE
                                                           AIR FOR BURNING
                                                           "FIXED CARBON"
   Figure  2-5.   Schematic of  a controlled-air  incinerator.
                                                                    1 6
                                  2-28

-------
 volatile combustible  materials  from the  primary chamber are directed  to
 the  secondary chamber (sometimes  referred  to  as the "combustion
 chamber").  There,  the combustion air  is regulated to provide an  excess-
 air  combustion condition  and  is  introduced to the chamber in such a manner
 as to produce turbulence  and  promote good  mixing of the combustion gases
 and  combustion air.   This gas/air mixture  is  burned, usually at high
 temperatures.  The  burning of the combustion  gases under conditions of
 high temperature, excess  oxygen,  and turbulence promotes complete
 combustion.
     Combustion control for a controlled-air  incinerator is usually based
 on the temperature  of the primary (ignition)  and secondary  (combustion)
 chambers.  Thermocouples  within each chamber  are used to monitor
 temperatures continuously;  the combustion  air rate to each  chamber is
 adjusted to maintain  the  desired  temperatures.   Systems  operating under
 controlled-air principles have varied  degrees of combustion air control.
 In many systems, the  primary  and  secondary combustion air systems are
 aufomatically and continuously regulated or "modulated"  to  maintain the
 desired combustion chamber  temperatures  despite  varying  waste composition
 and characteristics (e.g.,  moisture  content,  volatile content,  Btu
 value).    In other systems (particularly  batch  or intermittent-duty
 systems), the combustion  air  level control   is  simplified  and consists of
 switching the combustion  air  rate from a "high"  to a "low"  level  setting
 when temperature setpoints  are reached or  at  preset  time  intervals.
     The controlled-air technique has  several  advantages.   Limiting air in
 the primary chamber to below  stoichiometric conditions prevents rapid
 combustion and allows a quiescent condition to exist within the chamber.
 This quiescent condition minimizes the entrainment of particulate matter
 in the combustion gases, which ultimately are emitted to the atmosphere.
High temperatures can be maintained  in a turbulent condition with excess
oxygen in the secondary chamber to assure complete combustion of the
volatilized gases emitted from the primary  chamber.  The temperature  of
the secondary chamber can be maintained in  the desired range (hot  enough
for complete combustion but not hot enough  to cause refractory damage) by
separately controlling the excess-air level in the secondary chamber;  as
the excess-air level is increased, the  temperature decreases.  Second,
                                   2-29

-------
control of the primary chamber combustion air to below stoichiometric
levels maintains primary chamber temperatures below the melting and fusion
temperatures of most metals, glass, and other noncombustibles, thereby
minimizing slagging and clinker formation.
     For the controlled-air incinerator, the capacity of the secondary
combustion chamber dictates (i.e., limits) the burning rate; the
combustion chamber must have adequate volume to accept and completely
oxidize all the volatile gases generated in the primary chamber and to
maintain sufficient combustion air so that excess oxygen is available.
     2.4.3.2  Batch/Controlled-Air Incinerators.11  In this type of unit,
the incinerator is charged with a single "batch" of waste, the waste is
incinerated, the incinerator is cooled, and the ash residue is removed;
the cycle is then repeated.  Incinerators designed for this type of
operation range in capacity from about 50 to 500 Ib/h.  In the smaller
sizes, the combustion chambers are often vertically oriented with the
primary and secondary chambers combined within a single casing.
Figure 2-6 is a schematic of a controlled-air incinerator intended for
batch operation.    This unit's combustion chambers are rectangular in
design and are contained within the same casing.
     Batch/controlled-air units can be loaded manually or mechanically.
For the smaller units up to about 300 Ib/h, manual waste feed charging
typically is used.  Manual loading involves having the operator load the
waste directly to the primary chamber without any mechanical assistance.
For a batch-type unit, one loading cycle per day is used.  The incinerator
is manually loaded; the incinerator is sealed; and the incineration cycle
is then continued through burndown, cooldown, and ash removal without any
additional charging.  Ash is removed manually at the end of the cycle by
raking or shoveling the ash from the primary chamber.
     2.4.3.3  Intermittent-Duty, Controlled-Air Incinerators.  The
charging procedures of an incinerator that could operate in single batch
mode often are varied to include multiple charges (batches) during the 12-
to 14-hour operating period before final  burndown is initiated.  These
intermittent-duty units typically operate in the 50 to 1,000 Ib/h range.
The intermittent charging procedure allows the daily charge to the
incinerator to be divided into a number of smaller charges that can be
                                   2-30

-------
  Waste
  Charge
  Door
                                                           Oxygen
                                                           Control
                                           Primary
                                           Blower
                                                                Secondary Burner
Figure  2-6.   Schematic  of a  single batch controlled-air incinerator.
                                                                             1 7
                                     2-31

-------
introduced over the combustion cycle.  Consequently, a more uniform gas
stream is fed to the secondary chamber.  Figure 2-7 is a schematic of a
controlled-air incinerator which is intended for intermittent-duty
operation.  This unit has a vertically oriented primary chamber followed
by a horizontal combustion chamber.  This unit, although not shown with a
mechanical feeder, can be fitted with a hopper/ram assembly.
     A typical daily operating cycle for a controlled-air, intermittent-
duty- type incinerator is as follows:
         Operating step                          Typical duration
     1.  Cleanout of ash from previous day       15 to 30 minutes
     2.  Preheat of incinerator                  15 to 60 minutes
     3.  Burndown                                2 to 4 hours
     4.  Cooldown                                5 to 8 hours
For intermittent-duty operation, the daily waste loading cycle of the
incinerator is limited to about an 8- to 14-hour period.  The waste
loading period is limited by the amount of ash the primary chamber can
physically hold prior to shutting down the unit for ash removal.  The
remainder of the 24-hour period is required for burndown of the ash,
cooldown, ash cleanout, and preheat.
     For smaller units, the waste often is fed manually.  For units in the
300 to 500 Ib/h range, mechanical waste feed systems often are employed,
and for units above 500 Ib/h, mechanical  waste feed systems typically are
employed.  The typical mechanical waste feed system is a hopper ram
assembly.  Figure 2-8 is a schematic of a typical hopper ram assembly.20
In a mechanical hopper/ram feed system, waste is manually placed into a
charging hopper, and the hopper cover is  closed.  A fire door isolating
the hopper from the incinerator opens, and the ram moves forward to push
the waste into the incinerator.  The ram  reverses to a location behind the
fire door.  After the fire door closes, the ram retracts to the starting
position and is ready to accept another charge.  A water spray to quench  -
the ram face as it retracts typically is  provided.   The entire charging
sequence normally is timed and controlled by an automatic sequence.  The
cycle can be started manually by the operator or, in some systems, the
cycle is automatically started on a predetermined basis.
                                   2-32

-------
   STACK
CHARGING
  DOOR
SECONDARY CHAMBER
                                   SECONDARY BURNER


                                   PRIMARY AND SECONDARY
                                     COMBUSTION BLOWER

                                   PRIMARY CHAMBER
IGNITION BURNER
Figure 2-7.  Example intermittent-duty, controlled-air incinerator  .
                                                      L 3
                          2-33

-------
                                Hydraulic Fire	W
                                Door Actuator      I  I
                    Hopper Cover
Hydraulic -
Ram
Actuator
                Waste
                Charging
                Hopper
                                     Primary
                                     Combustion
                                     Chamoer

                                     Fire Door
                                     Enclosure
• Charging -am Face
 Ram      Quench
          Spray
Furnace
Opening
     Figure  2-8.   Hopper/ram mechanical  waste  feed  system.
                                                                        20
                                    2-34

-------
      Mechanical  loading  systems  have several  advantages.   First,  they
 provide  added  safety  to  the  operating personnel  by  preventing  heat,
 flames,  and  combustion products  from escaping the incinerator  during
 charging.  Second,  they  limit  ambient air infiltration  into  the
 incinerator.   This  assists in  controlling the combustion  rate  by  strictly
 controlling  the  quantity of  available combustion air.   Third,  they
 facilitate charging the  incinerator  with  smaller batches  of  waste at
 regulated time intervals.
      With intermittent-duty  incinerators,  ash removal is  a limiting factor
 for  the  incinerator operations.  As  with  the  single batch-operated units,
 the  ash  is removed  at regular  intervals  (typically daily) after the
 incinerator  has  gone through a cooldown cycle.   The ash usually is
 manually removed by raking and/or  shoveling from the primary chamber.
      2.4.3.4   Continuous-Duty, Controlled-Air Incinerators.  Controlled-
 air  units intended  for continuous  operation are  available in the  500  to
 3,000  Ib/h operating range.  Continuous-duty,  controlled-air units operate
 according to the controlled-air principles of the systems described
 earlier.  However,  continuous operation requires a mechanism for
 automatically  removing ash from the  incinerator  hearth.   The ash must be
 moved  across the hearth, collected,  and removed  from the combustion
 chamber.
     Continuous-duty units typically  have mechanical waste feeding
 systems.  For  large continuous-duty units, the charging  sequence may be
 fully  automatic.  The incinerator can be automatically charged with
 relatively small batches (in relation to the  primary chamber capacity) at
 frequent, regulated time intervals.  The use of frequent,  small charges
 promotes relatively stable combustion conditions and approximates steady-
 state operation.  For large systems,  the mechanical  charging  system may
 include waste  loading devices such as cart dumpers,  which  automatically
 lift and dump the contents of carts that are used to collect  and contain
the waste,  into the charge hoppers.  Use of these loading  devices  reduces
the operator's need to handle infectious waste and,  consequently,  further
 improves worker safety.
     For smaller units,  the mechanical waste feed charging ram  is
sometimes used to move the  ash  across the hearth. As  a  new load  is  pushed
                                   2-35

-------
into the incinerator, the previous load is pushed forward.  Each
subsequent load has the same effect of moving the waste across the
hearth.  The waste should be fully reduced to ash by the time it reaches
the end of the hearth.  For larger systems, one or more special transfer
rams are provided to move the waste across the hearth.  Figure 2-9 depicts
a continuous-duty, controlled-air incinerator with a stepped hearth and
multiple ash transfer rams.21  The use of the stepped hearth promotes
"mixing" the ash bed as the ash is moved from hearth to hearth and,
consequently, promotes improved solid-phase combustion.
     Typically, when the ash reaches the end of the hearth, it drops off
the end of the hearth into a discharge chute.  One of two methods for
collecting ash is usually used.  The ash can discharge directly into an
ash container positioned within an air-sealed chamber or sealed directly
to the discharge chute.  When the container is full, it is removed from
the chamber and replaced with an empty ash container.  The second method
is for the ash to discharge into a water pit.  The water bath quenches the
ash, and it also forms an air seal with the incinerator.  A mechanical
device, either a rake or a conveyor, is used to remove the ash from the
quench pit intermittently or continuously.  The excess water is allowed to
drain from the ash as it is removed from the pit, and the wetted ash is
discharged into a collection container.11

2.4.4  Rotary Kilns

     A rotary kiln also utilizes two-stage combustion and has two
combustion chambers.  Figure 2-10 is a simplified schematic of a rotary
kiln.  The primary combustion chamber is a rotating cylindrical chamber
which is slightly inclined from the horizontal plane; hence, the name
"rotary kiln."  The secondary chamber often is cylindrical  in shape and
oriented horizontally much like the secondary chambers described for
controlled-air incinerators, or it may be box-like as depicted in
Figure 2-11.
     2.4.4.1   Principle of Operation.  The rotating kiln is inclined at
an angle determined during design of the system.   Waste is  fed to the
higher end of the kiln by a mechanical feed system.  Typically, combustion
                                   2-36

-------
                 TO BOILER
      FEED RAM -^





           ASH TRANSFER RAMS
                               .AIR TUBE



                               ASH DISCHARGE RAM •
                                                      FOSSIL FUEL BURNER






                                                          PRIMARY CHAMBER
ASH SUMP
                                              ASH CHUTE -/




                                                   ASH QUENCH —
Figure 2-9.   Incinerator with step  hearths and  automatic  ash removal.2i
                                    2-37

-------
                                                      EXHAUST FAN
Figure 2-10.   Rotary kiln with auger feed.
                                            22
                     2-38

-------
                    n
      Bypass
      Shutoff
      Valve
Bypass
 Stack
                  Incinerator
                                        Gas Flow
                                                        Damper
                                        Waste Heat
                                          Boiler
                                             Stack
                                                                     ID
                                                                     Fan
Figure 2-11.   Incinerator with waste heat boiler and bypass stack.
                                    2-39

-------
air is provided to the kiln such that an excess-air atmosphere exists.
However, some manufacturers now have rotary kilns designed to operate with
a substoichiometric atmosphere in the kiln; these kilns use special seals
and air injection schemes.  Running the kiln substoichiometric decreases
kiln sizes required and reduces auxiliary fuel usage in the secondary
chamber.  Inside the kiln, moisture and volatiles are vaporized from the
waste, and the waste is ignited.  An auxiliary burner provided in the kiln
maintains the desired combustion temperature if sufficient heat input is
not available from the waste.  As the kiln rotates, the solids are tumbled
within the kiln and slowly move down the incline toward the discharge
end.  The turbulence of the waste within the kiln provides exposure of the
solid waste to the combustion air.  Combustion of the solids occurs within
the kiln, and the residue ash is discharged from the end of the kiln into
an ash removal system.
     The volatile gases pass into the secondary chamber where combustion
of the gases is completed.  A secondary burner is used to maintain the
secondary chamber temperature, and secondary combustion air is added to
the chamber as necessary to maintain the desired excess-air level.
     2.4.4.2  Mode of Operation.  Since the solid waste continuously moves
down the length of the rotating kiln, the incineration system is designed
to operate in a continuous mode with a semi continuous or continuous waste
feed input.  Consequently, a rotary kiln typically has a mechanical waste
feed system and a system for continuous ash removal.
     2.4.4.3  Charging System.  The waste feed system must provide waste
to the kiln in a continuous or semicontinuous manner.  One manufacturer
that provides rotary kiln incinerators for hospital waste applications
uses an auger-feeder system to feed the waste continuously to the
kiln.22  Waste is fed to the feed hopper, and the auger-feeder continu-
ously discharges the waste from the bottom of the hopper to the kiln.
     The hopper/ram feed system of the type previously described also  has
been used for feeding rotary kilns (particularly in hazardous waste
incineration applications).
     2.4.4.4  Ash Removal.  As the kiln rotates, the ash is continuously
discharged from the end of the kiln.  A system for collecting the ash  and
continuously or semicontinuously removing the ash is required.  Automated
                                   2-40

-------
 ash  removal  systems such as those previously described for the continuous-
 duty,  controlled-air incinerators are used.

 2.4.5   Auxiliary Equipment

     2.4.5.1   Waste Heat Boilers.   Incinerator manufacturers often provide
 waste  heat boilers  as  an option  to  their  incineration units.  Waste heat
 boilers are used in conjunction  with  a hospital  waste incinerator to
 generate steam or hot  water for  use in the hospital.   The combustion gases
 from the incinerator pass through the waste  heat boiler prior to  being
 emitted to the atmosphere via the stack.  Use  of a waste heat boiler
 requires that  an induced draft fan  be added  to the system.   Furthermore,
 incinerators equipped  with  waste heat boilers  have a  system  for diverting
 the  combustion gases directly to the  atmosphere  and bypassing the
 boiler.   This  bypass system is required for  safety (for example,  to  avoid
 excessive pressures  in the  incinerator should  the  fan  cease  operation)  and
 for  normal operation if  demand for waste heat  is  low  (so  the  boiler  can be
 taken off line).  Typical systems include either a  second "bypass" stack
 before  the waste heat boiler or a breeching directly connecting the
 incinerator to the stack  and bypassing the boiler.  Figure 2-11 is a
 schematic of a controlled-air unit with waste heat  recovery.16
     2.4.5.2  Auxiliary Waste Liquid Injection.  Incinerators also may
 include the capability to inject liquid wastes into the primary chamber.
Generally liquid waste incineration is accomplished through either an
atomizing nozzle or burner assembly in the primary chamber.  Wastes such
as used solvents can be readily  incinerated  via liquid injection.

2.5  REFERENCES FOR  CHAPTER 2
 1.  U. S. Environmental  Protection  Agency.   EPA Guide for Infectious
     Waste Management,  EPA/530-SW-86-014.   (NTIS PB86-199130).  U.  S. EPA
     Office of  Solid Waste.   May  1986.
 2.  Ontario Ministry of  the Environment.  Incinerator Design and
     Operating  Criteria,  Volume II-Biomedical Waste Incineration.
     October  1986.
                                  2-41

-------
  3.  Barbeito, M. S. and M. Shapiro.  Microbiological Safety  Evaluation  of
     a Solid and Liquid Pathological  Incinerator.  Journal  of Medical
     Primatology.  pp. 264-273.  1977.

  4.  Beard, J. T., F. A. lachetta, and L. V. Lillelehet.  APTI  Course  427,
     Combustion Evaluation, Student Manual, EPA 450/2-80-063.   U. S. EPA
     Air Pollution Training Institute.  February 1980.

  5.  Beachler, D. S.  APTI Course SI:428A, Introduction to  Boiler
     Operation, Self Instructional Guidebook, EPA 450/2-84-010.  U. S.
     EPA.  December 1984.

  6.  Brunner, C. R.  Incineration Systems.  Van Nostrand Reinhold.  1984.

  7.  McRee, R.  "Operation and Maintenance of Controlled Air
     Incinerators."  Undated.

  8.  Chang, D., R. Mournighan, and G. Hoffman.  Thermodynamic Analysis of
     Post Flame Reactions Applied to Waste Combustion.  Land Disposal,
     Remedial Action, Incineration, and Treatment of Hazardous Waste:
     Proceedings of the Thirteenth Annual  Research Symposium.
     EPA/600-9-87-015.   (NTIS PB87-233151).

 9.  U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.   Municipal Waste Combustion
     Study:  Combustion Control.  EPA 530-SW-87-021C.   (NTIS PB 87-206090).
     June 1987.  pp.  4-8  - 4-11.

10.  Bonner, T., B. Desai,  J.  Fullenkamp,  T.  Huges,  E. Kennedy,
     R. McCormick, J. Peters,  and D.  Zanders.   Draft Engineering Handbook
     for Hazardous Waste  Incineration.  EPA  Contract No.  68-03-2550.
     November 1980.

11.  Doucet, L. C.   Controlled Air Incineration:   Design,  Procurement and
     Operational  Considerations.  Prepared for the American  Society  of
     Hospital  Engineering,  Technical  Document  No.  55872.   January 1986.

12.  U. S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.  Hospital  Waste  Combustion
     Study:  Data Gathering Phase.  EPA  450/3-88-017.  December  1988.

13.  Letter from K. Wright, John Zink  Company,  to J. Eddinger,  EPA.
     January 25,  1989.

14.  Air Pollution  Control  District of Los Angeles County.   Air  Pollution
     Engineering  Manual,  2nd  Edition AP-40.  (NTIS PB  225132)  U.  S.
     EPA.   May  1973.

15.  Personal conversation  with  Larry  Doucet, Doucet & Mainka  Consulting
     Engineers.   November 28,  1988.

16.  Ecolaire Combustion  Products,  Inc., Technical Article:  Principles of
     Controlled Air Incineration.   Undated.
                                   2-42

-------
17.  Ashworth R.   Batch Incinerators—Count Them In; Technical Paper
     Prepared for the National Symposium of Infectious Waste.
     Washington,  D.C.  May 1988.

18.  Ecolaire Combustion Products, Inc., Technical  Data Sheet for E Series
     Incinerator.  Undated.

19.  Doucet,  L.   Fire Prevention Handbook,  National  Fire Protection
     Association, Waste Handling Systems and Equipment.  Chapter 12,
     p.  116.

20.  Source Category Survey:   Industrial Incinerators.   EPA 450/3-80-013
     (NTIS PB 80-193303).   U.  S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  May
     1980.

21.  Technical Data Form:   Consertherm Systems,  Industronics, Inc.
     Undated.
                                  2-43

-------
                         3.0  AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

 3.1  INTRODUCTION

      Hospital  incinerators  are  potentially significant sources of air
 pollutants.  Pollutants  of  concern  from hospital  incinerators include
 particulate  matter;  toxic metals; toxic organics;  carbon  monoxide (CO);
 and the  acid gases,  hydrogen  chloride  (HC1),  sulfur dioxide (S02),  and
 nitrous  oxides  (NOX).  Emission rates  of these  pollutants can be limited
 by removing  pollutant generating materials from the waste feed material,
 proper operation of  the  incinerator, and add-on pollution control
 equipment.   The objectives  of this  Chapter are  to  describe the factors
 affecting formation  and  generation  of  the pollutants and  to identify  and
 discuss  control strategies  that can be used to  control  the pollutant.
 Section  3.2  will describe the factors  affecting pollutant formation and.
 generation including the effects of waste feed  composition.   Section  3.3
 will  discuss air pollution  control  strategies.

 3.2  POLLUTANT FORMATION AND GENERATION

      The pollutants of concern  from hospital  incinerators  either exist in
 the waste feed material or  are  formed  in  the  combustion process.
      Particulate matter.   Particulate matter  emissions from the combustion
 of  hospital  wastes are determined by three factors:   (1)  suspension of
 noncombustible materials, (2) incomplete combustion of combustible
 materials, and (3) condensation of  vaporous materials.  The ash content  of
 the waste feed material  is a measure of the noncombustible portion of the
 waste feed and represents those materials which will not burn under any
 conditions in the incinerator.  Emissions of noncombustible materials
 result from  the suspension or entrainment of ash by the combustion air
 added to the  primary chamber of the  incinerator.  The more air added,  the
more  likely  that noncombustibles will  become entrained.  Particulate
emissions from incomplete combustion of combustible materials result from
 improper combustion control  of the  incinerator.   Condensation of vaporous
materials results  from  noncombustible  substances that volatilize at

-------
primary combustion chamber temperatures with subsequent cooling in the
flue gas.  These materials usually condense on the surface of other fine
particles.
     Toxic metals.  Particulate metal emissions are dependent on the
metals content of the feed material.  Metals may exist in the waste as
parts of discarded instruments or utensils, in plastics, paper, pigments,
and inks, or as discarded heavy metals used in laboratories.  Many metals
are converted to oxides during combustion and are emitted primarily as
submicron to micron size particles.  Metals that volatilize at primary
combustion chamber temperatures may selectively condense on small,
difficult to control particles in the incinerator flue gas.  Metals
generally thought to exhibit fine-particle enrichment are arsenic (As),
cadmium (Cd), chromium (Cr), manganese (Mn), nickel (Ni), molybdenum (Mo),
lead (Pb), antimony (Sb), selenium (Se), vanadium (V), and zinc (Zn).1
     Toxic orqanlcs.  Organic material found in'the waste feed material
theoretically can be completely combusted to form water (H20) and carbon
dioxide (C02).  However, incomplete combustion will result in emissions of
organics found in the waste feed and in the generation of new organic
species from complex chemical reactions occurring in the combustion
process.  When chlorine is available in the form of PVC plastic materials,
these organics can include highly toxic chlorinated organics, such as
dioxins and furans.  Combustion conditions that favor increased
particulate matter emissions due to incomplete combustion also favor
increased organic emissions.
     Carbon monoxide (CO).  As noted above, complete combustion of organic
material will result in the formation of H20 and C02.   The concentration
of CO in the incinerator exhaust gas stream is an indicator of the
combustion efficiency of the unit.   The formation of CO is dictated by the
oxygen concentration in the incinerator, the degree of mixing of the fuel
and air, and the temperature of the gases.  Carbon monoxide is an
intermediate product of the reaction between carbonaceous fuels and
oxygen.  Combustion conditions that result in incomplete combustion will
produce CO as well as particulate matter and organics.
     Acid gases.  The principal  acid gas of concern from hospital
incinerators is HC1.   The determining factor in HC1  formation and emission
                                   3-2

-------
is the availability of chlorine in the feed material.   In the presence of
available hydrogen, as would exist in highly organic hospital wastes, most
of the available chlorine will be converted to HC1.  Sulfur dioxide
generation is similar to HC1; most of the sulfur in the wastes will be
converted to S02 during combustion irregardless of incinerator design or
operation.
     Nitrogen enters the combustion chamber as a component of the waste
and in the combustion air.  It can react in the combustion chamber to
produce NOX.

3.3  CONTROL STRATEGIES

     Formation and generation of all of the pollutants discussed above are
dependent on either the availability of certain materials in the waste
feed or on the efficiency of the combustion process.  Removing problem
materials from the waste feed and improving combustion efficiency are,
therefore, two control strategies for reducing pollutant emissions.  If
pollutants are formed and generated, add-on pollution control equipment
represents a third control strategy for emissions reduction.  Table 3-1
presents the control strategies that can be effective for each of the
pollutants of concern.

3.3.1  Controlling Feed Material

     Controlling feed material consists of either establishing procedures
that eliminate the use of certain materials, specifying segregation of
certain wastes at the point of origin,  or removing problem materials from
the waste material  prior to incineration.  Obviously,  eliminating the use
of certain materials or establishing segregation procedures are more
feasible.  The substitution of nonchlorinated  plastics  (e.g., poly-
ethylene) for PVC,  where possible,  would reduce the chlorine input to the
incinerator.   Materials that could  be segregated from  waste to be inciner-
ated include noncombustible fine  dust and powders that  could contribute to
particulate matter emissions,  heavy metals  from dental  clinics or
laboratories, PVC plastics that contribute  to  HC1  formation,  and  other
chlorine- or sulfur-containing materials.

-------
           TABLE  3-1.   CONTROL STRATEGIES  FOR AIR  POLLUTANTS  FROM  HOSPITAL WASTE  INCINERATORS
Control strategy
Pollutants
Particulate matter
Toxic metals
Toxic organlcs
Carbon monoxide
Hydrogen chloride
Sulfur dioxide
Nitrous oxides
Controlling
feed material
X
X


X
X
X
Combustion
control
X

X
X


X
Add-on pollution control equipment
Venturl
scrubber8
X
X
c

c
c

Packed-bed
scrubber0
c
c
c

X
X

Fabric Dry
filter scrubber
X
X
c

X
X

*Venturi scrubber with water as the scrubbing media.
°Packed-bed scrubber utilizing an alkaline sorbent.
 Will achieve some limited control but not designed  for high-efficiency collection.

-------
 3.3.2   Combustion  Control

     Complete combustion of  combustible  material  requires  adequate
 temperatures, excess  air,  turbulence,  mixing,  and retention  time.   Because
 of  the  variability in hospital  waste with  respect to  heating values,
 moisture  contents, etc., incinerator operating parameters  should be varied
 with the  variations in  the waste  to maximize combustion.   In general,
 higher  temperatures,  excess  air rates, mixing, and retention time  result
 in  improved  combustion  and lower  emissions of  particulate  matter,
 organics,  and CO.   However,  as  these factors are  increased there is an
 economic  penalty in auxiliary fuel costs and energy loss.  In addition,
 combustion control  has  little or  no effect on  emissions of HC1  and  S02.
 In  both cases, most of  the chlorine and  sulfur will be converted to HC1
 and S02 under the  entire range  of combustion conditions which normally
 occur in  a hospital incinerator.  As opposed to the other  pollutants, both
 NOX and toxic metal emissions can actually be  increased by combustion
 adjustments  that increase  temperatures and excess  air rates.   Therefore,
 the waste  feed composition should be considered before making  adjustments
 to control combustion.

 3.3.3  Add-On Air  Pollution Control Systems

     Add-on  air pollution  control  systems  (APC's)  used on  hospital
 incinerators  are usually wet scrubbers, fabric filters, or dry
 scrubbers.  Wet scrubbers,  in their various designs, are used to remove
 particulate matter as  well  as HC1  and S02;  fabric  filters are used  to
 remove particulate matter;  dry scrubbers are used  to remove HC1 and S02.
     3.3.3.1  Wet Scrubbers.   Venturi,  spray tower, and packed-bed
 scrubbers are the most common types of  wet  scrubber systems used on
 hospital incinerators.  Venturi  scrubbers are used primarily  for
particulate matter control  and packed-bed scrubbers are used  primarily for
acid gas control.   However, both types  of systems achieve some degree of
control  for both particulate  matter and acid gases. A third  scrubber type
is spray towers.   Spray towers are used to  remove particulate matter;
however, they are  relatively  inefficient  for the removal  of fine
                                    3-5

-------
particulate matter.  These units are not effective for controlling
participate emissions from controlled-air incinerators and are used
exclusively on multiple-chamber units which can emit significant
quantities of large particles.  There are other scrubber types with
potential application to hospital  waste incinerators including (but not
limited to) the wet ionizing scrubber, the collision scrubber, and the
Hydro-sonic® steam ejector scrubber.3'1*  Hydro-sonic® scrubber uses
supersonic steam ejector drives to accelerate the injected water droplets
and provide mixing.  The Hydro-sonic® scrubbers are reported to offer high
efficiency on fine particulate emissions at relatively low energy costs
where there is a source of waste heat for steam production.  Use of these
scrubbers is not widespread on hospital waste incinerators.  Detailed
operation and maintenance information for these units controlling hospital
waste incinerators is not readily  available, and they will not be
discussed in this document.
     Wet scrubbing principles.2 Wet scrubbers capture relatively small
dust particles with large liquid droplets.  Droplets are produced by
injecting liquid at high pressure  through specially designed nozzles, by
aspirating the particle-laden gas  stream through a liquid pool, or by
submerging a whirling rotor in a liquid pool.  These droplets collect
particles by using two primary collection mechanisms--impaction and
diffusion.
     In a wet scrubbing system, dust particles will  tend to follow the
streamlines of the exhaust stream.   However, when liquid droplets are
introduced into the exhaust stream,  particles cannot always follow these
streamlines as they diverge around  the droplet (Figure 3-1).   The
particle's mass causes it to break  away from the streamlines  and  impact on
the droplet.  Impaction .is the predominant collection mechanism for
scrubbers having gas stream velocities greater than  0.3 m/s (1 ft/s).
Most scrubbers operate with gas stream velocities well  above  0.3  m/s.
Therefore, at these velocities, particles having diameters greater than
1.0 micrometer (pin) are collected  by this mechanism.
     Very small particles (less than 0.1 urn in diameter)  experience random
movement in an exhaust stream.  These particles are  so tiny that  they are
bumped by gas molecules as they move in the exhaust  stream.  This bumping,
                                   3-6

-------
Gas streamlines
                                      •*•
                                      -»•
                                      •*•
                       Droplet
Particle
                                      -*•
                                      -»••
                                      -a*
                                      •^
   Figure 3-1.   Impaction.
              3-7

-------
or bombardment, causes them to move first one way and then another in a
random manner, i.e., diffuse, through the gas.  This irregular motion can
cause the particles to collide with a droplet and be collected.
     The rate of diffusion depends on relative velocity, particle
diameter, and liquid-droplet diameter.  As with impaction, collection due
to diffusion increases with an increase in relative velocity (liquid- or
gas-phase input) and a decrease in liquid-droplet size.  However,
collection by diffusion increases as particle size decreases.  This
mechanism enables certain scrubbers to remove the very tiny particles
effectively.
     The process of dissolving gaseous pollutants in a liquid is referred
to as absorption.  Absorption is a mass-transfer operation in which mass
is transferred as a result of a concentration difference.  Absorption
continues as long as a concentration differential exists between the
liquid and the gas from which the contaminant is being removed.  In
absorption, equilibrium depends on the solubility of the pollutant in the
liquid.
     To remove a gaseous pollutant by absorption, the exhaust stream must
be passed through (brought in contact with)  a liquid.  Three steps are
involved in absorption.  In the first step,  the gaseous pollutant diffuses
from the bulk area of the gas phase to the gas-liquid interface.   In the
second step, the gas moves (transfers) across the interface to the liquid
phase.  This step occurs extremely rapidly once the gas molecules
(pollutant) arrive at the interface area.   In the third step, the gas
molecule(s) diffuses into the bulk area of the liquid,  thus making room
for additional  gas molecules to be absorbed.   The rate of absorption (mass
transfer of the pollutant from the gas phase  to the liquid phase) depends
on the diffusion rates of the pollutant in the gas phase (first step) and
in the liquid phase (third step).
     To enhance gas diffusion, and, therefore, absorption:
     1.  Provide a large interfacial  contact  area between the gas and
liquid phases;
     2.  Provide good mixing of the gas and  liquid phases (turbulence);
and
                                    3-8

-------
      3.  Allow sufficient residence, or contact, time between the phases
 for absorption to occur.
      Venturi  scrubbers.   A venturi scrubber consists of a liquid sprayed
 upstream from a vessel  containing a converging and diverging cross-
 sectional  area as illustrated in Figure 3-2.  The portion of the venturi
 which has  the minimal  cross-sectional  area and consequently the maximum
 gas velocity  is commonly  referred to as the throat.  The throat can be
 circular as shown in  Figure 3-2 or rectangular as shown in Figure 3-3.  As
 the gas stream approaches the venturi  throat,  the gas velocity and
 turbulence increases.   Liquid droplets serve as the collection media and
 can be created by two  different methods.   The  most common method is to
 allow the  shearing action of the high  gas  velocity in the throat to
 atomize the liquid into droplets.   The other method is to use spray
 nozzles to atomize the  liquid by supplying high pressure liquid through
 small  orifices.
      To attain a  high collection efficiency, venturi  scrubbers need to
 achieve gas velocities in the throat in the range of  10,000  to 40,000  feet
 per. minute.   These  high gas  velocities  atomize  the water droplets  and
 create  the relative velocity differential  between the gas  and the  droplets
 to  effect  particle-droplet collision.   The effectiveness of  a venturi
 scrubber is related to the square  of the particle diameter and  the
 difference in  velocities  of  the  liquor  droplets  and the  particles.
     The performance of a venturi  scrubber is strongly affected  by  the
 size distribution of the  particulate matter.  For particles  greater  than 1
 to  2 ym  in diameter, impaction is  so effective that penetration  is quite
 low.  However, penetration of smaller particles,  such as the  particles  in
 the 0.1 to 0.5 ym range is very high.  Unfortunately, small particle size
 distribution is typical for  fuel combustion sources including hospital
 waste incinerators and results from the condensation of  partially
 combusted organic compounds and metallic vapors.
     The particulate matter collection efficiency in a venturi scrubber
 system increases as the static pressure drop increases.  The static
 pressure drop  is a measure of the total amount of energy used in the
 scrubber to accelerate the gas stream and  to atomize the liquor
droplets.  The pressure drop across the venturi  is a function of the gas

-------
                                   Converging
                                     section

                                 — Throat
                                 _ Diverging
                                    section
Figure 3-2.  Spray venturi  with circular  throat.
                    3-10

-------
Liquid inlet
      Figure 3-3.  Spray venturi  with rectangular throat.7
                               3-11

-------
velocity and liquid/gas ratio and in practice acts as a surrogate measure
for gas velocity.  The Calvert equation can be used to predict the
pressure drop for a given throat velocity.  The Calvert equation is:8

                          AP = (5xlQ-5) v2 (L/G)                     (3-1)

where
      AP = pressure drop, in. w.c.
       v = the gas velocity in the venturi throat, ft/s, and
     L/G = the liquid-to-gas ratio, gal/Macf.

The equation implies that pressure drop is equal to the power required to
accelerate the liquid to the gas velocity.  The Calvert equation predicts
pressure drop reasonably well for the range of L/G ratios from 5 to
12 gal/Macf.  At L/G ratios above 12, measured pressure drops are normally
about 80 percent of the value predicted by the Calvert equation.  In
practice it has been found that at L/G ratios less than 3 gal/Macf, there
is an inadequate liquid supply available to completely cover the venturi
throat.
     Other variables that are important to venturi scrubber performance
are the liquid surface tension and liquid turbidity.  If surface tension
is too high, some small particles which impact on the water droplet will
"bounce" off and not be captured.  High surface tension also has an
adverse effect on droplet formation.   High liquid turbidity, or high
suspended solids content, will cause  erosion and abrasion of the venturi
section and ultimately lead to reduced performance of the system.
     A list of the major components of commercial scrubber systems is
provided below.
     1.  Venturi section;
     2.  Spray nozzles;
     3.  Liquor treatment equipment;
     4.  Gas stream demister;
     5.  Liquor recirculation tanks,  pumps, and piping;
     6.  Alkaline addition equipment;
     7.  Fans, dampers, and bypass stacks; and
                                   3-12

-------
      8.   Controllers for venturi  throat area,  caustic  feed,  makeup water,
 and  emergency water quench  for  temperature excursions.
      Packed-bed  scrubbers.  A packed-bed scrubber  generally  is  used for
 acid gas  removal.  The  large liquor-to-gas surface area  created as the
 liquor gradually passes over the  packing material  favors gas diffusion and
 absorption.  Packed-bed scrubbers are  not effective as stand-alone
 scrubbers for collection of fine  particulate matter (less  than  2.5 urn)
 since the gas velocity  through  the  bed(s) is relatively  low.  However,
 packed beds are  effective for the removal of particle-laden  droplets or
 charged particles when used as  a  downstream collector behind a  venturi  or
 electrostatically-enhanced wet  scrubber.
      Packed beds can be either  vertical  or horizontal.   Figure  3-4
 illustrates a vertically oriented  scrubber.  Regardless  of the  orientation
 of the bed, the  liquor  is sprayed  from the top and  flows downward  across
 the  bed.   Proper liquor distribution is  important  for efficient removal of
 gases.
      Absorption  is the primary means of  collection  of acid gases in
 packed-bed scrubbers.  The effectiveness  of absorption in packed beds  is
 related to the uniformity of the gas velocity distribution,  the surface
 area  of the packing material, the amount  and uniform distribution  of
 scrubber  liquid, and the pH and turbidity of the scrubbing liquid.
      Gas  absorption is affected by the extensive liquid surface contacted
 by the gas stream as the liquid flows downward over the packing material.
 variety of available packing materials offer a large exposed surface area
 to facilitate contact with and  absorption of acid gases.   The packing
 materials range in size from 0.5 to 3 in. and are randomly oriented  in the
 bed.
     Typically,  sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or occasionally sodium carbonate
 (Na2C03)   is used with water to  neutralize the absorbed  acid gases  in a
 packed-bed scrubber.   These two soluble alkali  materials  are preferred
 because they minimize the  possibility of scale  formation  in the  nozzles,
pump, and piping.  For the  typical case of using  NaOH as  the neutralizing
agent, the HC1  and  S02  collected in the scrubber  react  with NaOH to
produce sodium  chloride  (NaCl)  and sodium sulfite (Na2S03)  in an aqueous
 solution.

-------
                                           Mist eliminator
                                           Liquid sprays
                                           Packing
Figure  3-4.   Countercurrent packed tower  absorber.
                         3-14

-------
      One of the major problems with these scrubbers is the accumulation of
 solids at the entry to the bed and within the bed.  The dissolved and sus-
 pended solids levels in the liquor must be monitored carefully to maintain
 performance.
      Spray Towers.   Spray towers are relatively simple scrubbers.  Most
 units consist of an empty cylindrical steel  vessel containing nozzles that
 spray the liquid scrubbing media into the vessel.  Most units use counter-
 current flow with the exhaust gas stream entering the bottom of the vessel
 and moving upward, while the liquid is sprayed downward.   Figure 3-5 shows
 a typical  countercurrent flow spray tower.   Countercurrent flow exposes
 the exhaust gas with the lowest pollutant concentration to the freshest
 scrubbing  liquid.
      Many  nozzles are placed across the tower at different heights to
 spray all  of the exhaust gas as it moves up  through the tower.   The major
 purpose of using many nozzles  is  to form a tremendous  amount  of fine
 droplets for impacting  particles  and to provide  a large surface area for
 absorbing  gas.   Theoretically,  the smaller the droplets formed,  the higher
 the collection  efficiency  achieved for both  gaseous and particulate
 pollutants.   However, the  liquid  droplets must be large enough  to  not be
 carried out  of  the scrubber  by  the exhaust stream.   Therefore,  spray
 towers  use  nozzles to produce droplets  that  are  usually 500 to  1000  urn in
 diameter.   The  exhaust  gas velocity is  kept  low,  from 0.3  to  1.2 m/s  (1  to
 4 ft/s)  to  prevent excess droplets  from  being  carried out  of  the tower.
 Because  of  this  low exhaust  velocity,  spray  towers  must be larger  than
 other scrubbers  that handle  similar  exhaust  stream  flow rates.  Another
 problem  occurring  in spray towers  is that after the droplets  fall  short
 distances, they  tend to agglomerate  or hit the walls of the tower.
 Consequently, the  total liquid surface area  for contact is reduced, thus
 reducing the collection efficiency of the scrubber.
     Spray towers  are low-energy scrubbers.  Contacting power is much
 lower than in venturi scrubbers, and the pressure drops across such
 systems are generally less than 2.5 cm (1 in.) of water.  The collection
efficiency for small particles is correspondingly lower than in more
energy-intensive devices.  They are adequate  for the collection of coarse
particles larger than 10 to 25 urn in diameter, although with  increased
                                   3-15

-------
         Liquid
         sprays
Figure 3-5.  Countercurrent-flow  spray tower.
                                                10
                      3-15

-------
 liquid inlet nozzle pressures, particles with diameters of 2.0 pm can be
 collected.   Smaller droplets can be formed by higher liquid pressures at
 the nozzle.   The highest collection efficiencies are achieved when small
 droplets are produced and the difference between the velocity of the
 droplet and  the velocity of the upward-moving particles is high.  Small
 droplets, however,  have small settling velocities, so there is an optimum
 range of droplet sizes for scrubbers that work by this mechanism.
      Because of their inherent design, particulate matter emissions from
 controlled-air incinerators are usually composed of relatively fine
 particulate  matter.   Therefore, spray towers  are not commonly applied to
 controlled-air units.  Multiple-chamber incinerators, however, can emit
 large quantities of  relatively large particle particulate matter and are
 often controlled by  spray towers.
      3.3.3.2  Fabric Filters.  Fabric filters (i.e., baghouses)  are used
 on  a limited number  of hospital incinerators  for control  of particulate
 matter emissions.  They have some  advantages  over wet scrubbers  in that
 they are highly efficient at removing fine  particles if they are properly
 operated and maintained.   However,  poor operation and maintenance (O&M)
 can result in bag blinding,  bag corrosion,  or bag erosion.
      Filtration principles.     Fabric filtration is  one of  the most  common
 techniques used to collect particulate matter.   A fabric  filter  is  a
 collection of  bags constructed  of  a fabric  material  (nylon,  wool,  or
 other)  hung  inside a  housing.   The  combustion  gases  are drawn  into  the
 housing,  pass  through  the  bags,  and are  exhausted  from  the  housing  through
 a stack  to the  atmosphere.   When the  exhaust  stream  from  the  incinerator
 is  drawn  through the  fabric,  the particles  are retained on  the fabric
 material, while the cleaned  gas passes through the material.   The
 collected particles are then  removed  from the filter  by a cleaning
 mechanism typically by using  blasts of air.  The removed particles are
 stored  in a collection hopper until they are disposed.
     With a new filter, the open areas in the fabric  are of sufficient
 size that particles easily penetrate the bag.   Over time,  a cake builds on
 the bag surface, and this cake acts as the primary collection medium.
 Particles are collected on a filter and cake by a combination of several
mechanisms.   The most important are impaction  and direct interception.

-------
     In collection by impact!on, the particles in the gas stream have too
much inertia to follow the gas streamlines around the fiber and are
impacted on the fiber surface.  In the case of direct interception, the
particles have less inertia and barely follow the gas streamlines around
the fiber.  If the distance between the center of the particle and the
outside of the fiber is less than the particle radius, the particle will
graze or hit the fiber and be "intercepted".  Impaction and direct
interception mechanisms account for 99 percent collection of particles
greater than 1 ym aerodynamic diameter in fabric filter systems.
     Fabric filter performance.  Generally, fabric filters are classified
by the type of cleaning mechanism that is used to remove the dust from the
bags.  The three types of units are mechanical shakers, reverse air, and
pulse jet.  To date, the only hospital incinerators that have been
identified as having fabric filters use pulse jet units.  The paragraphs
below briefly describe the design and operating characteristics of pulse
jet filters and identify key design parameters.
     A schematic of a pulse jet baghouse is shown in Figure 3-6.  Bags are
supported internally by rings or cages.  Bags are held firmly in place at
the top by clasps and have an enclosed bottom (usually a metal cap).
Dust-laden gas is filtered through the bag, depositing dust on the outside
surface of the bag.  Pulse jet cleaning is used for cleaning bags in an
exterior filtration system.
     The dust cake is removed from the bag by a blast of compressed air
injected into the top of the bag tube.  The blast of high pressure air
stops the normal flow of air through the filter.   The air blast develops
into a standing or shock wave that causes the bag to flex or expand as the
shock wave travels down the bag tube.  As the bag flexes, the cake
fractures and deposited particles are discharged  from the bag.  The shock
wave travels down and back up the tube in approximately 0.5 seconds.
     The blast of compressed air must be strong enough for the shock wave
to travel the length of the bag and shatter or crack the dust cake.  Pulse
jet units use air supplies from a common header which feeds into a nozzle
located above each bag.  In most baghouse designs, a venturi sealed at the
top of each bag is used to create a large enough  pulse to travel down and
up the bag.  The pressures involved are commonly  between 414 and 689 kPa

-------
                         TUBE SHEET
CLEAN AIR PLENUM

PLENUM ACCESS—

BLOW PIPE

INDUCED FLOW
TO CLEAN AIR OUTLET
  AND EXHAUSTER
DIRTY AIR INLET & OIFFUSER
      Figure  3-6.   Pulse jet baghouse.
                                              12
                        3-19

-------
(60 and 100 psig).  The importance of the venturi is being questioned by
some pulse jet baghouse vendors.  Some baghouses operate with only the
compressed air manifold above each bag.
     Most pulse jet filters use bag tubes that are 10 to 15 cm (4 to
6 in.) in diameter.  Typically the bags are 3.0 to 3.7 m (10 to 12 ft)
long, but they can be as long as 7.6 m (25 ft).    Generally, these bags
are arranged in rows, and the bags are cleaned one row at a time in
sequence.  Cleaning can be initiated by a pressure drop switch, or it may
occur on a timed sequence.
     The key design and operating parameters for a pulse jet filter are
the air-to-cloth ratio (or the filtration velocity), the bag material,
operating temperature, and operating pressure drop.
     The air-to-cloth ratio is actually a measure of the superficial gas
velocity through the filter medium.  It is a ratio of the flow rate of gas
through the fabric filter (at actual conditions) to the area of the bags
and is usually measured in units of acfm/ft .  No operating data were
obtained for hospital incinerators, but generally, the air-to-cloth ratio
on waste combustion units is in the range of 0.025 to 0.05 m /s/m  (5 to
10 acfm/ft ) of bag area.
     Generally, bag material is specified based on prior experience of the
vendor.  Key factors that generally are considered are:  cleaning method,
abrasiveness of the particulate matter and abrasion resistance of the
material, expected operating temperature, potential chemical degradation
problems, and cost.  To date, no information has been obtained on types of
material typically used for hospital incinerator applications.
     The operating temperature of the fabric filter is of critical
importance.  Since the exhaust gas from a hospital incinerator can contain
HC1, the unit should be operated at sufficiently high temperatures to
assure that no surfaces drop below the acid dewpoint.  Otherwise,
condensation of HC1 will  result in corrosion of the housing or bags.  The
boiling point of HC1 (aqueous hydrochloric acid) is 110°C (230°F);  gas
temperatures should be maintained at 150°C (300°F) to ensure that no
surfaces are cooled-below the dewpoint.   Above a maximum temperature that
is dependent on filter type, bags will  degrade or in some cases fail
completely.  Gas temperatures should be kept safely below the allowed
maximum.

                                   3-20

-------
      Pressure  drop  in  fabric filters generally is  maintained within a
 narrow range.   Pressure  drops below the minimum indicate that either
 (1)  leaks  have developed,  or (2)  excessive cleaning is  removing the base
 cake from  the  bags.  Either condition results  in reduced performance.
 Pressure drops greater than the maximum indicate that either (1)  bags are
 "blinding", or (b)  excessive cake is building  on the bags because of
 insufficient cleaning.   The primary problem that results from excessive
 pressure drop  is reduced flow through the  system and positive pressure at
 the  combustor.  Over time,  high pressure drops also lead to  bag erosion
 and  degradation.
      3.3.3.3   Dry Scrubbers.   Dry scrubbers use  absorption for the removal
 of sulfur  dioxide,  hydrogen chloride,  hydrogen fluoride,  and other acid
 gases.  Some adsorption  of  vapor  state organic compounds and metallic
 compounds  also  occurs  in some dry scrubber applications.   Basically,  dry
 scrubbers  use  an alkajine sorbent to react with  and neutralize the acid
 gas.   The  reaction product  is a dry solid  which  can be  collected  by a
 particulate control device.   Dry  scrubbers  usually  are  followed by either
 fabric filters  or electrostatic precipitators  (ESP's) for collection  of
 the  reaction products and the unreacted  sorbent.  Currently,  there are  not
 any  hospital incinerators known to  be  using  spray dryer  absorption
 systems.  There are at least  three  hospital waste incinerators  which  are
 known to be using dry injection control  systems.3
     Components and operating  principles of dry scrubber  systems. 13»llt
 There  is considerable diversity in  the variety of processes which  are
 collectively termed dry scrubbing.   Dry  scrubbing techniques that  could be
 applied to hospital  incinerators can be grouped into two major
 categories:  (1) spray dryer  absorbers, and (2) dry injection absorption
 systems.  Specific types  of dry scrubbing processes within each group are
 listed below.   Alternative terms for these categories used in some
publications are shown  in parentheses.
Southland Exchange Joint Ventures, Hampton,  South Carolina (dry
 injection/ESP);  Fairfax County Hospital,  Falls  Church,  Virginia (dry
 injection/baghouse);  Borgess Medical  Center, Kalamazoo, Michigan (dry
 injection/baghouse).

-------
     1.  Spray dryer absorption (semiwet)
         •  Rotary atomizer spray dryer systems
         •  Air atomizing nozzle spray dryer systems
     2.  Dry injection absorption (dry)
         •  Dry injection without recycle
         •  Dry injection with recycle (sometimes termed circulating flu  d
            bed absorption)
     Simplified block diagrams of the two major types of dry scrubbing
systems are presented in Figures 3-7 and 3-8.  The main differences
between the two systems are the physical form of the alkaline reagent an
the design of the vessel used for contacting the acid gas-laden stream.
The alkaline feed requirements are much higher for the dry injection
system.  Conversely, the spray dryer system is much more complicated.
     Spray dryer absorbers.  In this type of dry scrubbing system, the
alkaline reagent, usually pebble lime, is prepared as a slurry containin
5 to 20 percent by weight solids.  This reagent must be slaked in order   n
prepare the reactive slurry for absorption of acid gases.  Slaking is th
addition of water to convert calcium oxide to calcium hydroxide.  Proper
slaking conditions are important to ensure that the resulting calcium
hydroxide slurry has the proper particle size distribution and that no
coating of the particles has occurred due to the precipitation of
contaminants in the slaking water.  The prepared slurry is atomized in a
large absorber vessel having a residence time of 6 to 20 seconds.
Atomization of the slurry is achieved through the use of:  (1) rotary
atomizers or (2) air atomizing nozzles.  Generally, only one rotary
atomizer is included in a spray dryer absorber.  However, a few
applications have as many as three rotary atomizers.
     In rotary atomizers, a thin film of slurry is fed to the top of the
atomizer disk as it rotates at speeds of 10,000 to 17,000 revolutions pe
minute.  These atomizers generate very small slurry droplets having
diameters in the range of 100 microns.  The spray pattern is inherently
broad due to the geometry of the disk.
     High pressure air is used to provide the physical energy required f<  •
droplet formation in nozzle type atomizers.  The typical  air pressures a  :
70 to 90 psig.  Slurry droplets in the range of 70 to 200 microns are

-------
 Lime
Storage
Slurry
Mixing
Tank



Slurry
Feed
Tank


1
              Combustion
                Gases
                                                                      Stack
   Figure 3-7.
Components  of a spray  dry.er absorber system
      (semiwet  process). 15
                               3-23

-------
              So r bent
              Storage
                      Blower
          Feeder
Combustion
Gases from <
Incinerator
                                Pneumatic
                                   Line
                                                                                Stack
Waste
Heat
Boiler
•••••

Combustion
Air Dnrt

Expansion/
Reaction
Chamber
                                                          Solid
                                                         Residue
      Figure 3-8.   Components of a dry injection  absorption system
                               (dry process).16
                                      3-24

-------
generated.  This type of atomizer generally can operate over wider
variations of the gas flow rate than can be used in a rotary atomizer.
However, the nozzle atomizer does not have the slurry feed turndown
capability of the rotary atomizer.  For these reasons, different
approaches must be taken when operating at varying system loads.
     The shape of the scrubber vessel must be designed to take into
account the differences in the slurry spray pattern and the time required
for droplet evaporation for the two types of slurry atomizers.  The
length-to-diameter ratio for rotary atomizers is much smaller than that
for absorber vessels using air atomizing nozzles.
     It is important that all of the slurry droplets evaporate to dryness
prior to approaching the absorber vessel side walls and prior to exiting
the absorber with the gas stream.  Accumulations of material on the side
walls or at the bottom of the absorber would necessitate an outage since
these deposits would further impede drying.  Proper drying of the slurry
requires generation of small slurry droplets and adequate mixing with the
hot flue gases.
     Drying that is too rapid can reduce pollutant collection efficiency
since the primary removal mechanism is absorption into the droplets.
There must be sufficient contact time for the absorption.  For this
reason, spray dryer absorbers are operated with exit gas temperatures 90°
to 180°F above the saturation temperature.
     Dry injection absorption systems.  This type of dry scrubber uses
injection of a finely divided alkaline sorbent such as calcium hydroxide
(hydrated line) or sodium bicarbonate for the absorption of acid gases.
The reagent feed has particle sizes which are 90 percent by weight through
325 mesh screens.  This is approximately the consistency of talcum
powder.  This size is important to ensure that there is adequate alkaline
sorbent surface area for high efficiency pollutant removal.
     Proper particle sizes are maintained by transporting the sorbent to
the dry scrubber system by means of a positive pressure pneumatic
conveyor.   This provides the initial  fluidization necessary to break up
any clumps of reagent which have formed during storage.   The air flow rate
in the pneumatic conveyor is kept at  a constant level  regardless of system
load to ensure proper particle sizes.

-------
     Fluidization is completed when the alkaline sorbent is injected

countercurrently into the gas stream.  The alkaline sorbent may be

injected directly into a reaction vessel  or may be injected directly into

the ducting with a reaction vessel (expansion chamber) located downstream
to increase residence time.  The gas stream containing the entrained

sorbent particles and fly ash is then ducted to a fabric filter or ESP.
When a fabric filter is used for particulate control, acid gas removal  may

be further enhanced by the reaction with  the sorbent in the filter cake.

     In one version of the dry injection  system, solids are recycled from

the particulate matter control device back into the flue gas contactor.
The primary purpose of the recycle stream is to increase reagent

utilization and thereby reduce overall  calcium hydroxide costs.


3.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 3

 1.  U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.   Hospital  Waste Combustion
     Study:  Data Gathering Phase, EPA-450/3-88-017.   December 1988.

 2.  Joseph, J. and D. Beachler.  APTI  Course SI:412C, Wet Scrubber Plan
     Review - Self Instructional Guidebook.   EPA 450/2-82-020. U.  S.
     Environmental Protection Agency.   March 1984.

 3.  Schifftner, K. and Patterson, R.   Engineering  Efficient Pathological
     Waste Incinerator Scrubbers.   Paper  presented  at  First National
     Symposium on Incineration of Infectious Waste.   Calvert,  Inc.
     May 1988.

 4.  Holland, 0. L.,  and  Means,  J. D.,  Utilization  of  Hydro-Sonic®
     Scrubbers for the Abatement of Emissions from  Hazardous,  Industrial,
     Municipal and Biomedical  Wastes; Technical  Paper  No.  7802, John Zink
     and Company, 1988.

 5.  Reference 2.  p.  1-4.

 6.  Reference 2.  p.  3-2.

 7.  Reference 2.  p.  3-4.

 8.  U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.   Wet  Scrubber  System Study:
     Volume I—Scrubber Handbook.   EPA-R2-72-118a,  PB  213016.
     August 1972.  p.  5-122.

 9.  Reference 2.  p.  5-3.

10.  Reference 2.  p.  3-4.

-------
11.  Beachler,  D.  and M.  Peterson.  APTI Course SI:412A, Baghouse Plan
     Review - Student Guidebook.  EPA 450/2-82-005.  U. S. Environmental
     Protection Agency.   April 1982.

12.  U.  S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Control  Techniques for
     Particulate Emissions from Stationary Sources, Volumes 1 and 2.
     EPA 450/3-81-005a,b.  (PB83-127498).   U.  S.  Environmental Protection
     Agency.   September  1982.

13.  Sedman,  C. and T. Brna.   Municipal  Waste  Combustion Study:  Flue Gas
     Cleaning Technology.  EPA/530-SW-87-021d  (NTIS PB 87-206108)
     U.  S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   June 1987.

14.  Richards Engineering.  Air Pollution  Source  Field Inspection
     Notebook;  Revision  2.  Prepared for the  U.  S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency,  Air Pollution Training Institute.   June 1988.

-------
                               4.0  OPERATION

      The success of incineration as a technique for treating hospital
 waste depends on the proper operation of the incinerator and its air
 pollution control devices.  Proper operating techniques can affect
 equipment reliability, on-line availability, combustion efficiency, and
 compliance with air pollution regulations.  The operator is in control of
 many of the factors that affect the performance of a hospital  incinerator
 including:  (1) waste charging procedures, (2)  incinerator startup and
 shutdown, (3) air pollution control device startup and shutdown,
 (4) monitoring and adjusting operating parameters for the incinerator and
 air pollution control  system, and (5)  ash handling.   This section
 identifies key operating parameters,  identifies operating ranges for key
 parameters, and discusses general operating procedures that can minimize
 unexpected malfunctions  and improve the performance  of the incinerator and
 air pollution control  devices.   Appropriate monitoring procedures also are
 discussed in this section.

 4.1  GENERAL OBJECTIVES

      The  primary  objectives associated  with the  proper operation  of  a
 hospital  waste  incineration system  are  to  operate  the  system in  a manner
 so  that infectious materials  in  the waste  are rendered  harmless,  waste
 volume  is reduced, good  ash quality (from  an aesthetic  standpoint)  is
 ensured,  and  air  pollution  emissions of  particulate matter, organic
 compounds, carbon monoxide,  and  acid gas are minimized.  The operator  is
 responsible for knowing  key operating parameters and the proper operating
 ranges for these parameters to assure that  the system  is operated at its
 design efficiency.  The operator  also should know the operating procedures
 and monitoring techniques which will assist fn maintaining those
 parameters within the acceptable operating range.
     Because each incinerator model is designed differently, design
 criteria, operating parameters, and operating procedures will vary.
 Nonetheless, recommended operating ranges can be established for some
general key parameters to assist in meeting the objectives of the
                                    4-1

-------
 incineration  process—destruction of pathogens  and  reduction of waste
 volume—while minimizing  air  pollution and maintaining good ash quality.
 To  identify these  key  parameters and discuss proper operating procedures,
 incineration  systems have been categorized as follows:
      1.   Batch/controlled-air incinerators;
      2.   Intermittent-duty, controlled-air incinerators;
      3.   Continuous-duty,  controlled-air incinerators;
      4.   Multiple-chamber incinerators; and
      5.   Rotary kilns.
 The operation of air pollution control systems  is addressed later in this
 chapter.
      Currently, most hospital waste incineration systems do not include an
 air pollution control device  mainly because with proper combustion control
 through proper operation,  the systems can meet current emission regula-
 tions.  However, a growing number of States have promulgated or will soon
 promulgate more stringent  regulations governing hospital waste inciner-
 ators that will increase the  numbers of incinerators requiring add-on air
 pollution control devices to meet the regulations.  When an air pollution
 control system is included as part of the incineration system, the
 operation of  the incinerator and the control  device are interrelated.
 Therefore, the optimum approach to describing the proper operation of
 incineration  systems (including air pollution control devices) would be to
 discuss the operation of each of the possible combinations of  incinerators
 and control devices.  However, because of the large number of  combinations
of equipment types that may constitute an incineration system, the proper
operation of  incinerators and air pollution devices will  be discussed
separately.
     This document provides a discussion  of operating ranges for  the key
operating parameters and presents an overview of proper operating
procedures and monitoring techniques.   This information will provide the
reader with a basic understanding of what constitutes good operating
practice.   However, it  does not  substitute  for manufacturers'  operating
procedures.  Specific steps and  operating procedures for  equipment will  be
specified by each manufacturer;  furthermore,  the control  and monitoring
systems used by each manufacturer may  be  different.   Consequently, a
                                   4-2

-------
 specific manufacturer's recommended and detailed operating procedures
 should be followed.

 4.2  INCINERATOR KEY OPERATING PARAMETERS

 4.2.1  Introduction

      The interrelationship among an incinerator's thermal capacity, waste
 feed characteristics, heat input rate from the waste feed, and combustion
 air was discussed in Chapter 2.  This section identifies the operating
 parameters and presents recommended operating ranges for these
 parameters.   The majority of the key parameters and the recommended
 operating ranges remain the same for the different  incinerator systems,
 but because  they do differ somewhat for different types of incinerators,
 the parameters are presented for each type system that was described in
 Chapter 2.   Controlled-air incinerators, multiple-chamber incinerators,
 and rotary kilns are discussed  in order.

 4.2.2  Controlled-Air Incinerators

      Table 4-1 summarizes  the key incinerator operating  parameters  and  the
 operating range for  each parameter.  These  parameters  assume  the waste  is
 primarily a  heterogeneous  mixture of hospital  infectious  waste with  a Btu
 content that will sustain  combustion  (i.e., greater  than  6,000 Btu/lb).
 For  "pathological" incinerators,  burning pathological wastes, the
 recommended operating ranges are  slightly different  because waste
 characteristics differ significantly.  An explanation of  why each key
 operating parameter  in Table 4-1  is important and a discussion of each
 operating range is presented below.
     4.2.2.1   Primary and Secondary Combustion Chamber Temperatures.
 Maintaining the desired operating temperatures within each combustion
 chamber is critical to proper operation of a controlled-air incinerator.
 Both upper and lower limits on the temperature range for each chamber are
 of interest.   The desired range  of operation is different for the ignition
 (primary)  and combustion (secondary) chambers  because the functions  of
these chambers differ.

                                    4-3

-------
TABLE 4-1.  KEY INCINERATOR OPERATING PARAMETERS AND RECOMMENDED
          OPERATING RANGE:  CONTROLLED-AIR  INCINERATOR
Parameter
Ignition chamber temperature, *F
Combustion (secondary) chamber
temperature, °F
Charging rate, Ib/h
Ignition chamber combustion air
(percent of stoichiometric)
Total combustion air
(percent excess air)
Combustion gas oxygen
concentration, percent
Ignition chamber draft, in w.c.
Burn down period, h

Batch feed
1000° to 1800°
1800' to 2200'
Fill 'chamber once at beginning
of cycle
30 to 80
140 to 200
12 to 14
-0.05 to -0.1
2 to 5
Incinerator type
Intermittent feed
1000° to 1800°
1800° to 2200"
10 to 25 percent of rated
capacity at 5 to 15 min
intervals
30 to 80
140 to 200
12 to 14
-0.05 to -0.1
2 to 5

Continuous duty
1400° to 1800°
1800* to 2200"
10 to 25 percent of rated
capacity at 5 to 15 min
intervals
30 to 80
140 to 200
12 to 14
-0.05 to -0.1
Not appt i cable

-------
      The literature indicates that typical operating ranges for the
 ignition chamber of controlled-air incinerators range from 400° to 980°C
 (750° to 1800°F). '   The ignition chamber must be maintained at a minimum
 temperature sufficient to sustain combustion, combust the fixed carbon in
 the ash bed, and kill  any micro-organisms in the waste bed so that the
 remaining ash is sterile.  The temperature also must be maintained below a
 level that will  damage the refractory and result in slagging of the waste.
      Few studies have  been conducted to determine the conditions necessary
 to achieve complete pathogen kill  in incinerators.   Barbeito et al.,
 conducted a study on a multiple-chamber, industrial-refuse incinerator to
 determine the minimum  operating temperatures required to prevent release
 of viable micro-organisms into the atmosphere.   His research indicated
 that the destruction of the micro-organisms  within  the  incinerator depends
 on the temperature and time of exposure.   These parameters are  affected by
 many factors,  including charging  beyond incinerator capacity and exceeding
 design linear velocities,  which reduces retention time.   Barbeito
 recommended a minimum  primary  chamber  temperature of 760°C (14000F).1>3
      From an operational  (operating  efficiency)  standpoint,  it  is
 desirable to operate the  primary or  ignition  chamber at  a  temperature  high
 enough to sustain combustion in the  chamber  and  to  generate  sufficient
 volatile combustion  gases  and  heat to maintain  the  desired secondary
 combustion  temperature  without  the use  of  auxiliary fuel.  Consequently,
 the  desired  primary  temperature will depend somewhat on the waste
 composition.   Furthermore, a sufficiently  high temperature to effectively
 combust  the  fixed  carbon  in the waste bed  is desired.  One manufacturer's
 experience  indicates that this  temperature is in the 760° to 870°C (1400°
 to 1600°F) range  for continuous-duty incinerators.2  This temperature may
 be as  low as 540°C (1000°F) for batch feed and intermittent-duty units
 because the burnout time can be extended in these units.2  Operating batch
 feed  incinerators at a  low primary chamber temperature (relative to
 continuous-duty incinerators) helps assure that volatiles are not
generated at an excessive rate which cannot be handled by the secondary
chamber.
     When the waste stream contains a significant amount of plastics,
 "cracking" of light hydrocarbons can be significant  and  can affect the
                                   4-5

-------
combustion gas. volume in the secondary chamber.  Operating the primary
chamber at lower temperatures (540° to 650°C  [1000° to 1200°F]) may help
to minimize rapid increases in flue gas volume.4  Some incinerator
manufacturers use water quenching in the primary chamber to maintain gas
temperatures below the 930° to 980°C (1700° to 1800°F) range and minimize
cracking.
     At the same time, the primary chamber temperature must be maintained
below the point that will result in refractory damage.  It is common for
modern incinerators to use nominal 1540° to 1650°C (2800° to 3000°F)
quality refractory.  Although this refractory is rated at 1540° to 1650°C
(2800° to 3000°F), reactions can occur with contaminants in the combustion
gas, making it desirable to expose this refractory to no higher than
1200°C (2200°F) on a continual  basis.   Another, perhaps more important,
limiting factor for the upper operating temperature of the primary chamber
Ts slagging of the waste.  Most ash residues begin to become soft at
temperatures in the range of 1200° to 1370°C (2200° to 2500°F).2  While
thermocouples in the primary chamber indicate the temperature of the
combustion gas exiting the primary chamber, the temperature in the ash bed
at the hearth adjacent to the underfire air ports can be consistently
higher.  Consequently, although the combustion gas temperature can
indicate that clinker (fused slag) formation should not be a problem,  the
ash bed can be hot enough to form clinkers.  Experience has shown that a
control temperature of 980°C (1800°F) can be used in most cases with
acceptable performance with regard to clinker formation and carbon
burnout, but the performance problems due to slagging may begin to occur
at primary chamber temperatures as low as 760°C (1400°F).  '
     The secondary chamber serves to complete the combustion process
initiated in the primary chamber.  As with  the primary chamber,  it is
desirable to operate within a lower and upper range.   At  temperatures  that
are too low, complete combustion may not occur.   At temperatures  that  are
too high, refractory damage may occur,  residence time may  be decreased,
and auxiliary fuel  may be unnecessarily wasted.
     A minimum temperature is needed to prevent  the discharge of
potentially toxic products of incomplete combustion.   Experimental  work
conducted at the University of  Dayton Research Institute  (UDRI)  indicates
                                   4-6

-------
 that temperature  is  the  primary  factor  that  affects these emissions.7   The
 experimental data for  thermal decomposition  indicate that the  destruction
 of a species depends predominantly  on the  temperature,  and effectively  a
 threshold temperature  exists above  which the compound will  rapidly
 combust.  The threshold  temperature found  for polychlorinated  dibenzo-p-
 dioxin (PCDD) and polychlorinated dibenzofurans  (PCDF)  and  potential
 precursers (e.g., hexachlorobenzene) is near 930°C  (170CTF).7
      Sufficient temperature in the  secondary chamber is necessary to kill
 microorganisms entrained in the gas stream from the  primary chamber.
 Again, little information on the required temperature is  available, and
 data from studies conducted on specific incinerators are  specific to those
 incinerators and the experimental operating conditions, e.g., residence
 time and turbulence.  Based upon his incineration study, Barbeito recom-
 mended a minimum secondary combustion chamber temperature of 980°C
 (1800°F).   The limiting factor for the  secondary combustion chamber
 temperature  upper operating range is refractory  damage.   The upper limit
 will  depend  on  the refractory  used,  but  a typical  limit  is 1200°C (2200°F)
 on a  continual  basis.2
      In  summary,  temperatures  in  both  chambers should be maintained  at
 high  enough  levels  to ensure complete  combustion  of  the  waste but not so
 high  that refractory  damage or slagging  of  the ash occurs.   A minimum
 temperature for the primary chamber  in the  range of  540° to  760°C (1000°
 to  1400°F) should be  maintained to ensure pathogen kill, sterile  ash, and
 good  ash  quality,  The  minimum temperature  required  for proper operation
 will depend on waste  characteristics as well as the  retention time of the
 ash in the primary chamber  and consequently the incinerator design.  To
 prevent clinker formation,  the recommended upper bound primary chamber
 temperature is 980°C  (1800°F).   To assure complete combustion, yet
 conserve auxiliary fuel  and prevent refractory damage, an operating range
 of 980° to 1200°C (1800° to 2200°F) is recommended for the secondary
 combustion chamber.
     4.2.2.2   Charging Rate. An incinerator system is designed  for a
particular thermal  input rate.   The thermal  input  comes from the waste
and, as necessary,  the auxiliary  fuel.  Under  ideal conditions,  the
incinerator operates under conditions of  a constant thermal  input.  For
                                   4-7

-------
 controlled-air  incinerators,  the  thermal  release  from  the  "fuel"  (the
 waste  in the chamber)  is controlled,  to the  extent possible,  by
 controlling the available combustion  air  (the typical  ranges  for
 combustion air will be discussed  in the next section).  Additional  control
 of the thermal input is obtained  by controlling the quantity  and  frequency
 of waste charges to the incinerator.  The charging process, thermal  input,
 and combustion approaches a steady state condition as the waste
 homogeneity increases, the charge loads decrease in size, and the
 frequency of charges increase.  Therefore, a charging scenario of more
 frequent charges of smaller volume is more desirable than one of a single
 large charge.8
      4-2.2.2.1  Batch  feed incinerators.   By nature of  their design, batch
 feed incinerators  are  intended to  accept  a single  load  of waste at the
 beginning of their incineration cycle; the heat  release rate is controlled
 solely by controlling  the  size of  the  initial charge  and the available air
 for combustion.  The primary chamber acts  as  a fuel  storage area.   Manu-
 facturers of batch operated  incinerators recommend  that the primary
 chamber be  filled  to capacity,  but not overfilled or  stuffed so full  that
 the flame port to  the secondary chamber or the ignition  burner port
                     Q
 assembly  are blocked.   If wastes  containing an unusually high volatile
 content are charged  to  the unit, a full load may contain enough volatiles
 that, even  if the  primary air  is controlled, the capacity of the secondary
 combustion chamber will be exceeded.   Therefore, it may be necessary  to
 decrease  the size of the charge to the incinerator.  That is,  volume  of
 waste is an imperfect method for determining the thermal input to the
 incinerator.  The incinerator chamber  size is designed for a particular
 volume of waste with a particular Btu content.  If  the waste being charged
 is significantly higher in Btu content, even though the  volume capacity of
 the chamber is not  exceeded,  the thermal  capacity of the incinerator may
 be exceeded.  Consequently, it will be necessary  to decrease the thermal
 input of the batch  charge  by  decreasing the volume  input.
     Regardless of  the  type,  incinerators  should  never be overcharged
above the manufacturer's specifications.   In the  case  of batch  feed
incinerators where  all  charging occurs  at the  beginning  of the
incineration cycle, there may be a  tendency to stuff that  last  bag  of
                                   4-8

-------
waste into the. incinerator so that no waste  is  left over  for  the  next
burn.  This practice can lead to excessive emissions,  incomplete
combustion, and damage to the incinerator.   Overcharging  with waste  adds
more fuel to the incinerator than it can  handle, may block  the  incinerator
air ports, and damage the primary burner.  Excessive fuel combined with an
inadequate air supply causes excessive amounts  of volatile  material  to be
passed to the secondary chamber which cannot be handled effectively  in the
secondary chamber and results in high particulate matter  emissions.
Additionally if a large quantity of plastic material is charged,  the
excessive temperatures produced can cause refractory damage and clinker
formation.  Higher primary chamber temperatures also cause  higher gas
volumes and velocities which effectively reduces the secondary chamber
retention time.
     4.2.2.2.2  Intermittent-feed and continuous-duty  incinerators.
Intermittent- and continuous-duty, controlled-air incinerators are
designed to accommodate semicontinuous charging.  The  primary design
change for this type unit is that the charging  system  is  set  up with some
type of a mechanical device (either manually or automatically operated)
which allows the operator to safely add charges while  the system  is
operating.  The mechanical  device is designed to protect the operator from
exposure to the flame and heat of the primary combustion chamber.
Additionally, the mechanical charging device may be designed to limit air
in-leakage to the incinerator during charging to maintain control of the
combustion air level.  The primary difference between the "intermittent"
and "continuous"  duty units is not in the charging rate or operation, per
se, but that the  continuous-duty system has a means for continuously
removing the ash  generated  by the waste.   Consequently, this type unit can
maintain continuous  "steady state"  operation.  The intermittent  unit can
maintain continuous  "steady-state"  operation only  for a limited  time; once
the ash in the incinerator  builds up to an unacceptable level, the unit
must be shutdown  and the ash removed.
     To approach  a steady thermal  input,  manufacturers  recommend that
multiple charges  be  made at equally  timed intervals.  The  recommended
charge size is 10  to 25  percent  of the  rated  capacity charged  at 5 to
15 minute intervals.10'11   The charging frequency  may need to  be adjusted
                                   4-9

-------
based upon  variations  in moisture content,  volatile  content, and overall
Btu value.  The  procedures that the operator can use to monitor the
charging rate  and  to make appropriate decisions is discussed in
Section 4.4.
     4.2.2.3   Primary  and Secondary Combustion Air Rate and Combustion Gas
Oxygen Concentration.  For controlled-air units, the volatilization/
combustion  rate  in the primary chamber  is controlled by using combustion
airflow rate to  control the chamber temperature.  The typical combustion
air operating  range for the ignition chamber is 30 to 80 percent of
stoichiometric conditions. *   Typically, about 20 percent of the total
air requirement  to the incinerator is supplied as underfire air to the
ignition chamber.   The remainder of the air is supplied to the secondary
mixing chamber.
     Approximately 80 percent of the total combustion air required during
incineration is  supplied to the secondary combustion chamber.  Typically,
the total combustion air level is 140 to 200 percent excess air.12'13
Measurement of the oxygen concentration provides a convenient way of
determining and monitoring the excess-air level.  Operating the
incinerator at a total excess-air level in the range of 140 to 200 percent
will result in stack gas oxygen concentrations in the range of 12 to
14 percent.
     4.2.2.4  Combustion Chamber Pressure (Draft).   A typical  draft for
control!ed-air incinerators is in the range of -0.05 to -0.1 in.  water
column (w.c.).  Excessive draft is not desirable because increased
carryover of particulate matter to the secondary chamber can occur.
     4.2.2.5  Burndown Period.  After volatilization diminishes,
sufficient time must be provided for the fixed  carbon in the waste  bed to
combust.
     For continuous-duty incinerators, there is no .distinct burndown
period since the burndown occurs continuously  as  the  waste  moves  through
the system during the "steady  state"  operation.   However, on some
continuous-duty incinerators with  internal  transfer  rams, once  the  last
load of waste is charged,  each ram may go into  a  burndown mode
sequentially where the rams' strokes  are increased to push  the  waste from
one hearth to the next.  For example,  the ram on the  first  or drying
                                   4-10

-------
  hearth will stroke at the same time intervals but will stroke several
  inches more on each stroke.  During this period, the ash underfire air to
  this part of the hearth is shut off.  On the last stroke, the ram is at
  the edge of the hearth, and all of the waste falls to the next hearth
  which then goes into its burndown mode, and so on.  This burndown sequence
  is  usually preset at the factory but can be changed by the manufacturer if
  ash quality is poor.   On these units,  the burndown sequence is normally in
  the range of 4 to 6 hours.llf
       For batch and intermittent-duty operations,  there is a distinct
  burndown period associated  with the operating  cycle.   During this period,
  the volatiles  have been  combusted,  and  the  fuel remaining in the  waste  bed
  is  slowly diminishing.   In  order  to combust  the fixed  carbon remaining  in
  the waste,  a higher temperature is  required  and,  therefore,  more  underfire
  air is  introduced  into the  primary  chamber.10  As the  burndown proceeds
  and  the  fuel is further  diminished,  the temperature slowly decreases.
  During burndown, a minimum temperature level (e.g., 1400°F)  is maintained
  for  a predetermined time period; auxiliary fuel may be required to
 maintain this temperature.  It  is difficult to recommend a required
 burndown period because  it is somewhat experimental and will vary
 depending upon the waste composition and combustion air rate.  According
 to one manufacturer, a rule of thumb for a trial  burndown setting  for  an
 intermittent-duty, small  capacity incinerator is  1 hour plus an additional
 20 minutes for each hour of operation.10   Therefore,  a  trial  burndown
 setting for a unit that operated 6 hours would  be  (1  hour)+(6x20 minutes)=
 3 hours.   A typical burndown period  for  batch and  intermittent units is  in
 the  range of 2  to  4 hours.llfllf

 4-2.3 Multiple-Chamber  Incinerators

      Traditionally, multiple-chamber units were designed specifically to
 burn  pathological waste and contained a fixed (solid) hearth.  Other
multiple-chamber incinerators use a grate type of hearth.  Combustion of
medical waste containing  significant quantities of fluids and/or
infectious material is not recommended in multiple-chamber units with
grates.  Both type units employ large quantities of excess  air for
                                   4-11

-------
 combustion and will operate at similar temperature ranges.  The operating
 parameters and ranges for a multiple-chamber incinerator are summarized in
 Table 4-2 and are briefly discussed below.
      4-2.3.1  Primary and Secondary Chamber Temperatures.  As discussed
 for control!ed-air incinerators, the temperature in the primary chamber
 must be maintained at such a level as to assure pathogen kill.  Most
 multiple-chamber incinerators operate on a batch or intermittent-duty
 basis.   An extended burndown period is available to assure adequate ash
 burnout and sterilization of the waste.   A minimum primary chamber
 temperature in the range of 540° to 760°C (1000° to 1400°F) is
 recommended.  The upper operating range  for the primary chamber should be
 established to prevent refractory damage.   As  previously mentioned for
 contro11ed-air units,  sustained  operation above 2200°F is generally not
 desirable.
      Pathological  wastes have a  high  moisture  content  and low  volatile and
 fixed carbon content.   For pathological wastes,  continuous  operation of an
 auxiliary burner is required  to  maintain  the primary chamber temperature.
 To  facilitate  burndown of the pathological  wastes,  a minimum primary
 combustion  chamber temperature of 1600°F  is recommended.15
      A  minimum secondary chamber  temperature of  1600°F  for  pathological
 incinerators  is  recommended in the Air Pollution Engineering Manual  to
 assure  complete  combustion.15  As discussed in Section  4.2.2.1 for
 controlled-air  incinerators,  a minimum temperature to prevent the
 discharge of potentially toxic products of  incomplete combustion is
 required; a minimum  secondary combustion chamber temperature of 980°C
 (1800°F)  is recommended  for multiple-chamber incinerators.
     4.2.3.2  Charging Rate.  Whether a multiple-chamber unit is
 incinerating red bag waste or pathological waste affects the charging rate
 and procedures because the volatile content, moisture content,  and Btu
 value of these wastes are so different.  An incinerator system is designed
 and sized for a particular thermal input  rate.   The thermal  input comes
 from the waste and, as necessary, the auxiliary fuel.   Unlike  a
controlled-air unit, the combustion rate  in a multiple-chamber  unit cannot
be controlled by controlling the  combustion air to  the  primary  chamber.
Therefore, the controlling factor for the  combustion rate is essentially
                                   4-12

-------
      TABLE  4-2.   KEY  INCINERATOR  OPERATING  PARAMETERS AND  RECOMMENDED
              OPERATING RANGE:  MULTIPLE-CHAMBER INCINERATOR
Parameter
Pathological
   waste
General refuse
Ignition chamber temperature, °F

Combustion (secondary) chamber
  temperature, °F

Charging rate
Ignition chamber combustion air
  (percent excess air)

Total combustion air (percent
  excess air)

Combustion gas oxygen concentration,
  percent

Ignition chamber draft,  in. w.c.
 1600 to  1800    1000 to  1400

 1800 to  2200    1800 to  2200
Single layer
  on hearth
80
120 to 200
10 to 14
10 to 25% of
  rated capacity
  at 5- to 15-min
  intervals

150
250 to 300
15 to 16
-0.05 to -0.1   -0.05 to -0.1
                                    4-13

-------
the availability of fuel; i.e., the amount of waste charged when general
refuse/red bag waste is being incinerated.  The thermal input to the
incinerator and the combustion approaches a steady-state condition as the
waste homogeneity increases, the charge loads decrease in size, and the
frequency of charges increase.  Therefore, charging procedures using more
frequent charges of smaller volume are more desirable than one single
large charge.  A charge rate of 10 to 15 percent of the rated capacity at
regular intervals is recommended.  Note that if a mechanical feeder is not
used, the more frequently the charging door is opened, the greater the
risk to the operator.  Consequently, safety considerations make less
frequent charging desirable, which contradicts the more frequent charging
procedures desired from a thermal input standpoint.  Thus, the objective
should be to assure that the individual charges to the incinerator are not
so large and infrequent that the capacity of the incinerator is exceeded
by rapid volatilization of combustibles resulting in excess emissions.
Consequently, charging frequency and load size will depend on waste
characteristics and incinerator design.
     Pathological wastes have a low Btu content and a low volatiles
content.  Consequently, rapid volatilization and rapid changes in heat
release to the primary chamber are not a concern when charging
pathological wastes.  The primary chamber burner(s) provides(e) a steady
heat input to the incinerator.  Because of the high moisture and low
volatile carbon content of pathological waste, the burner flame must
impinge on or near the waste for efficient combustion to  occur.
Consequently, fresh pathological  waste should  not be charged into the
incinerator until the previous waste charge has burned down almost
completely.  Completeness of burndown can be determined by inspection
through a view port and examining the waste bed.
     4.2.3.3  Primary and Secondary Chamber Combustion Air Levels.   For
multiple-chamber incinerators the primary chamber excess-air level  is
typically 150 percent or greater excess air.   Overall  excess-air levels
for multiple-chamber incinerators are typically 250 to 300 percent.1
This roughly corresponds to a combustion gas oxygen concentration of 15  to
16 percent.  When incinerating pathological  wastes,  since  the  primary heat
release is coming from the auxiliary burner, the  combustion  air can be
                                   4-14

-------
c°ntroHed at a  lower level th.» ,
incinerator.                than '«• -  typica, ™,tip,e.chanDer

    4-2-3-4  aHSber

waste throughput  of  a rotarv H,   .
on an, by the  incline           " '«  "termined
                                                   by the
                                                          speed
                        4-15

-------
       *re  oriented at a rake of ]ess th   ,

       H°n-zonta]).   Both  of these 1        P6rCent  (7''e"  'round  11°  f









     *«» 'n                   y  redUCln9 ^ =eed
*«» 'n turn utt  fnclude  y redUCln9 ^ =Peed of rotation

 «-  So                               ''nS ^
                                                                           .,
                                                         ~
4-3  WASTE FEED
           HANDLING


I JIG Dhvsi^ai  a .j
             cind ^OOnii ^* » 1
                      »ft i Dl*onov*^* T **   >•

                                               and the effects of
                                process
                                 4-16

-------
 the waste is charged and at what  rate.  Waste charging  procedures  are
 specific to the type incinerator  and the  incinerator's  mode of operation;
 proper charging procedures will be discussed in Section 4.4.   In this
 section, some general concepts with regard to types of  waste and handling
 of the wastes are discussed.  Although the operator does not have  control
 (or has very little control) over the waste which is to be incinerated,
 the operator must understand how waste composition affects operation of
 the incinerator and must learn to recognize problems related to waste
 composition or to identify significant changes in waste composition.  The
 operator then can modify charging procedures, modify incinerator
 combustion parameters (if properly trained to make such adjustments),
 and/or notify the appropriate hospital  administrators of continued waste
 related problems which  are severely affecting incinerator operation.  The
 remainder of this section addresses the following concerns:
      1.  Safe waste handling procedures;  and
      2.  Wastes  that should not be incinerated.

 4.3.1   Proper Waste Handling

      Infectious  waste will  be delivered to the incinerator  area in  "red
 bags."  The  primary concern is  to  avoid exposure  to pathogens;
 consequently red bag wastes should be handled in  a manner which maintains
 the integrity of the container.  Proper procedures dictate  that:
     1.  Sturdy containers  are used;
     2.  Waste handling is  minimized;
     3.  The waste  storage  area is secure  if wastes are  to be stored; and
     4.  Mechanical handling/loading systems are properly operated  and
maintained.
     Plastic bags are the typical containers used for infectious waste.
Tear-resistant bags that will maintain their integrity during the
handling/transporting process should be used.   The two main criteria used
to evaluate bag durability are bag thickness and  the ASTM dart test.3'16
Some State regulations specify minimum bag requirements based on one of
these  two criteria.   For example,  Massachusetts  specifies a minimum bag
thickness while California requires use  of the ASTM dart  test.3   Even if
                                   4-17

-------
       appropriate bag mater1a,s
            objects w,th,n the
    conta,ners
            and „,„ need  tQ
                                     °f
                                                      of

                              .           ~.
containers are used  the         'nd1V''dUa' p'««c bags
                                          *euseab,e
                              they requfre ^

           .  A,so,  shoul<( . b   {e
          VM, are Involved   Flln        '  ***
          b> the use of  r,g d c ^ ""'^T"1* °f
 cart  they need not be h,nd,ed  agan unt "  ? "«
     nc,nerator or ,nto tta ^chanca  c '   ^ "
           .  since waste                '  9  Systei" for  '"e
                                       easny
                                        1s "«.»ned
                                            can be
                                          P'«ed ,„ the
                                      tt
'nc.nerator „ preferre<(         aon     '   tlme    '« charged  to the
storage area or charging p, e on thef7   " Un'°adin9 ^ ««• to a
        for urge automated Ind      °"'  *" "*"
                                              "rts
                 4-18

-------
 available which will automatically lift and dump the contents of the
 collection transport carts into the charging hopper without handling of
 the waste by the operator.8'17  Consequently, use of rigid type transport
 carts can be effective in minimizing waste handling.
      To assure the integrity of the red bags, mechanical means of
 transporting the waste should not be used, except for final charging into
 the incinerator.  For example, dumb-waiters, chutes or conveyors should
 not be used to transport the waste.3  The mechanical charging systems for
 the incinerator should be designed and operated to minimize bag-breakage,
 spillage, and possible contamination.   For example, trash compactors
 should not be used since when the bags are compacted,  they will  likely
 break open.  Furthermore, compaction will  affect the wastes'  bulk/density
 (Ib/ft )  which will  consequently affect the combustion process.3
      The  treatment of infectious waste as  soon  as possible after
 generation is preferable.  However,  because same-day treatment is  not
 always possible, the incinerator operator  may be responsible  for waste
 storage.   If the waste must be stored  prior to  incineration,  four  factors
 should be considered:
      1.   Maintaining container integrity and  minimizing  handling;
      2.   Storage temperature;
      3.   Storage duration;  and
      4.   Location of the  storage  area.
      The  waste  storage  area should be  a "secure"  area, out of  the way  from
 normal hospital  traffic and should have restricted  access.  Certainly, the
 area  should  be  secure from  public access.   The storage area and/or the
 containers  should  be  secure from rodents and vermin which can contract and
 transmit  disease.
     As temperature  and storage time increases,  decay occurs and
 unpleasant odors  result.  There is no unanimous  opinion on acceptable
 storage temperature or times.  The EPA Office of Solid Waste simply
 recommends that  storage times be kept as short as possible.3  Some  States
 do regulate storage times.  For example, Massachusetts allows  infectious
waste to be stored for 24 hours (1 day) at room  temperature or for
 72 hours  (3 days) at refrigerated temperatures (34°  to  45°F).3
                                   4-19

-------
     Obviously, the level of control that the incinerator operator has
over the items just discussed will vary with the situation and with the
particular waste handling issue.  That is, the operator may have little
control over what strength red bag is used, but may have a great deal of
control over whether red bags are removed from transport carts to a
"charging floor" or whether the bags are simply loaded into the
incinerator directly from the cart—thus eliminating handling each bag two
more times.
     The operator does, however, have control of personal protection items
used.  It is prudent that when handling infectious waste, an operator
should always wear hard-soled shoes to avoid the potential for punctures
and thick rubber gloves to resist cuts and punctures and to prevent direct
contact with fluids.  Safety precautions are discussed further in
Chapter 9.  The operator must remember that his/her safety is at stake and
should bring deficiencies in waste handling practices (e.g., consistent
tearing of bags due to poor bag quality) to the hospital administrator's
attention.

4.3.2  Restricted Wastes

     It is inappropriate to dispose of some wastes in a hospital  waste
incinerator unless special permits are obtained.  Wastes which should not
be incinerated, unless special permits are obtained include:
(1) radioactive wastes, and (2) hazardous wastes regulated under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).
     Some State regulations or specific operating permits may dictate
charging limits for certain types of wastes.  For example, an operating
permit may allow only up to 5 percent of the hourly charging rate to be
human or animal parts (i.e., "pathological  waste").  Obviously, the
operator cannot tell whether the waste contains 4 percent or 5 percent of
pathological wastes; nor should the operator ever open red bag wastes to
examine the contents.  Nonetheless, the operator must be aware of the
regulations and must be attuned to spotting problem wastes, either by the
obvious (e.g., gallon jugs of liquids, containers marked "radioactive") or
by more subtle means (i.e., identifying large quantities of human/animal
                                   4-20

-------
 anatomical parts in the  incinerator waste  bed, while  viewing  the  bed
 through a glass covered  viewport.)

 4.4  INCINERATOR OPERATION, CONTROL, AND MONITORING

      The key operating parameters for incinerators were presented  in
 Section 4.2.  This section provides a summary of the operating procedures,
 parameters which can be automatically controlled, and monitoring
 techniques for incineration systems.  The operation, monitoring, and
 control of these four "typical" systems are discussed:
      1.  Batch feed controlled air;
      2.  Intermittent-duty controlled air;
      3.  Continuous-duty controlled air; and
      4.  Multiple  chamber.
 The operation,  control,  and monitoring  of rotary  kilns is  not  presented
 here because very  few  units are used to  incinerate  hospital  waste  and
 detailed information regarding their operation was  not available.

 4.4.1  Batch  Feed Controlled-Air Incinerator

      This  type  incinerator typically  is  a small unit,  up to  500  Ib/h,  but
 more  typically  less than  200 Ib/h capacity.  The  incinerator is operated
 in  a  "batch mode" over a  12- to  24-h period  which entails a  single  charge
 at  the  beginning of the cycle, followed  by combustion, ash burnout,
 cooldown, and ash removal.  The operating cycle from startup to shutdown
 is  discussed in the following  sections.  Parameters which can be
 automatically controlled and monitoring  techniques also are discussed.
     4.4.1.1  Incinerator Operating Procedures. .
     4.4.1.1.1  Ash removal.  Startup of the .incinerator actually begins
with removal of the ash generated from the previous  operating cycle.  The
following are guidelines for good operating practice:10
      1.  In general,  allowing  the incinerator to  cool  overnight is
sufficient for the  operator to  remove the ash safely.   This  cooling can
take as  long as 8 h.
                                   4-21

-------
      2.  The operator should open the ash cleanout door slowly both to
minimize the possibility of damage to the door stop and seal gasket and to
prevent ash from becoming entrained.
      3.  The operator should exercise caution since the refractory may
still be hot and the ash may contain local hot spots, as well as sharp
objects.
      4.  The ash and combustion chamber should not be sprayed with water
to cool the chamber because rapid cooling from water sprays can adversely
affect the refractory.
      5.  A flat blunt shovel, not sharp objects that can damage the
refractory material, should be used for cleanup.
      6.  Avoid pushing ash into the underfire air ports.
      7.  Place the ash into a noncombustible heat resistant container,
i.e., metal.  Dampen the ash with water to cool and minimize fugitive
emissions.
      8.  Once the ash has been removed and prior to closing the ash
cleanout door, the operator should inspect the door seal gasket for frayed
or worn sections.  Worn seal gaskets should be replaced.
      9.  To prevent damage to the door seal  gasket, the operator should
close the ash cleanout door slowly and should not overtighten the door
clamps.  Overtightened door clamps may cause  the seal gasket to
permanently set and allow infiltration of outside air around the door
face.
     4.4.1.1.2  Waste charging.   The operator may have the option of
selecting which items are included in a particular charge.  Waste
properties which should be considered when the waste is segregated into
charges include:  (1) the heating value, (2)  the moisture content, (3)  the
plastics content, and (4) the amount of pathological wastes.  The heating
value and moisture content of waste affects the performance of an
incinerator.  A charge of waste  with a very high heating value may exceed
the thermal capacity of the incinerator.  The result is high combustion
temperature, which can damage the refractory  of the incinerator and can
result in excessive emissions.   Similarly,  a  charge of waste with a very
high moisture content will  not  provide sufficient thermal  input, and the
charge will require the use of more auxiliary fuel  than usual.
                                   4-22

-------
      Plastic items are an example of materials with high heating values.
 Large quantities of plastic, which may contain polyvinyl chloride, should
 be distributed through many waste charges, not concentrated in one charge,
 if possible.  When sorting loads of waste to be incinerated, the operator
 should try to create a mixture of low, medium, and high heating value
 wastes in each charge, if possible, to match the design heat release rate
 of the incinerator.  In general, lighter bags and boxes will contain high
 levels of low density plastics which burn very fast and very hot.   Heavier
 containers may contain liquids (e.g., blood, urine, dialysis fluids)  and
 surgical  and operating room materials which will  burn slowly.   As  a
 general  rule for segregating waste into charges,  it is best for the
 operator to mix light bags and heavy bags to balance the heating value of
 each  charge.  If several  different types of waste,  i.e., red-bag,  garbage
 (cafeteria wastes), trash, are being charged to the incinerator, it is
 generally better to charge the incinerator with some of each waste, rather
 than  all  one type of waste.   Special  care should  be taken to avoid
 overcharging the incinerator (beyond its intended  use)  with anatomical
 wastes.
      Prior to initiating  charging,  operation of the combustion  air blowers
 and ignition and secondary burners  should be checked.   Follow the
 manufacturers'  recommendations.   The  proper operation of the primary  and
 secondary burners  is  best  achieved  by observing the burner  flame pattern
 through the  viewports  in  the  incinerator  wall or in the  burner  itself.
 Some  burners  are equipped  with one  observation  point to  view the main
 flame and  another  to  view  the pilot flame.   The flame pattern will   likely
 vary with  the type  of burner.  However, the  length  of the flame  should be
 such that  the flame touches the waste  but does  not  impinge directly on the
 refractory floor or wall.  Obviously,  the absence of a flame indicates a
 problem with the burner or the system  that controls the burner.
     Most burners are equipped with a  flame safeguard system that includes
 a flame detector that effectively cuts off the  fuel (gas or oil) supply to
 the burner if a flame is not detected.  When the burner is first started,
 the burner blower starts and when it reaches full  speed, a purge timer
 starts.  When the purge timer times out, the flame safeguard energizes the
pilot  relay that opens the pilot fuel supply and ignitor.  When the pilot
                                   4-23

-------
 lights,  a flame detector (either an ultraviolet scanner [gas or oil]  or
 flame rod circuit [gas only])  detects  the flame and causes the main flame
 relay to activate the fuel  supply to the  main burner.   The pilot then
 ignites  the  main burner.   The  flame detector continues to operate and
 shuts the burner down if the main burner  fails.  Additionally, if the air
 supply is lost  both  pilot and  flame relays  shut off the fuel supply.   The
 pilot usually  is ignited for no  more than 15 seconds (interrupted
 pilot).   If  the main burner does not ignite during the period, the flame
 safeguard system shuts the  entire system  down.18
      The incinerator is charged  cold.  Because  these units generally  are
 small, they  are usually manually loaded.  The waste is loaded  into the
 ignition chamber,  which is  filled to the  capacity recommended  by the
 manufacturer.   Typically, the  manufacturer  will  recommend  filling the
 incinerator  completely,  but not  overstuffing  the  chamber.   Overstuffing
 can result in blockage of the  air port to the combustion chamber and  in
 premature ignition of  the waste  and  poor  performance (i.e.,  excess
 emissions) during  startup.  Overstuffing  also can result in  blockage  of
 the ignition burner  port and damage  to the  burner.  After  charging  is
 completed, the  charge  door seal  gasket is visually  checked for
 irregularities.  The door is then  slowly closed and  locked.  The  charge
 door  seal gasket should then be  inspected for any gaps that would allow
 air infiltration into  the primary chamber.  Once operation is  initiated,
 no further charges will be made until the next operating cycle is
 initiated, i.e., after cooldown and ash removal.
     4.4.1.1.3  Waste  ignition.  Prior  to ignition of the waste, the
 secondary combustion chamber is preheated to  a predetermined temperature
 by igniting the secondary burner.  A minimum  secondary chamber temperature
 of 980°C  (1800°F)  is recommended prior  to ignition of the waste.  The
 manufacturer should be consulted regarding proper preheat procedures;
 improper preheat can result in  refractory damage.
     After the secondary chamber is preheated, the secondary combustion
 air blower is turned on to provide excess  air for mixing with the
combustion gases from the primary chamber.
     The primary chamber combustion air blower is activated and the
primary burner is ignited to initiate waste  combustion.  When the primary
                                   4-24

-------
 chamber reaches a preset temperature (i.e.,  the minimum  operating
 temperature for the primary chamber, see  Table 4-1)  and  the  waste
 combustion is self-sustaining,  the  primary burner  is  shutdown.
      The primary combustion air and secondary combustion air are adjusted
 to maintain the desired primary and secondary chamber temperatures.
 (Typically this adjustment is automatic and  can encompass switching from
 high to low settings or complete modulation  over an operating range.)
      During operation, the primary  burner is reignited if the ignition
 chamber temperature falls below a preset temperature.  Similarly, the
 secondary burner is reduced to  its  lowest firing level if the secondary
 chamber rises above a preset high temperature setting.  Again, control of
 the burr—s,  like the combustion air, is typically automated.  A
 baromet    damper on the stack  is used to maintain draft.  The incinerator
 chamber     ould both be maintained under negative draft.
      4.H.  .1.4  Burndown.   After the waste burns  down and all volatiles have
 been released, the  primary  chamber combustion air level  is increased  to
 facilitate complete  combustion of the fixed  carbon remaining  in  the  ash.
 The temperature in  the primary chamber will  continue  to decrease.  During
 the burndown  period,  the primary burner is used to maintain the  primary
 chamber  temperature  at the  predetermined minimum  level of the operating
 range.   The length of  time  required  for the burndown  period depends on the
 incinerator design, waste characteristics, and degree  of  burnout
 desired.   A typical burndown period  is 2 to 4 h.1*  When  combustion is
 complete   :he  primary  and secondary  burners are shutdown.
     Shutdown  of the secondary burner which initiates  the cooldown period
 usually is automatically determined  by a preset length of time into the
      9  11
 cycle. *     The combustion air  blowers are left operating to cool the
 chambers prior to subsequent ash removal.  The blowers are shutdown when
 the chambers are completely cooled or prior to opening the ash door for
 ash removal.  Cooldown typically lasts 5 to 8 h.llf
     The final step in the cycle is examination of ash burnout quality.
 Inspection of  the ash is one tool the operator has for evaluating
 incinerator performance.  The operator should look for fine gray  ash  with
the consistency of ash found in the fireplace at  home  or  in the barbeque
grill.   Ash containing large pieces of unburned material  (other than
                                   4-25

-------
 materials which  are  not  combustible,  such  as  cans)  shows  that  incinerator
 performance is poor.   It may  be necessary  to  return these  large pieces of
 material  to the  incinerator to  be reburned because  poor quality ash may be
 refused at landfills  for disposal.  Ash  color also  is  an  indicator of ash
 quality.   White  or gray  ash indicates  that a  low percentage  of carbon
 remains in the ash.   Black ash  indicates higher carbon percentages
 remaining.  Although  carbon remaining  in the  ash indicates that available
 fuel  has  not been used and combustion  has  not  been  complete, the fact that
 carbon remains in the ash is  not  in itself an  environmental  concern or an
 indicator that the ash is not sterile.   Nonetheless, ash color can be used
 to  assist the operator in evaluating burnout and incinerator performance.
      4.4.1.1.5   Special  considerations.  If pathological waste is  being
 burned, the ignition  burner should be  set  to remain on until the waste is
 completely burned.  Further, the  volume  of waste charged likely  will  need
 to  be significantly reduced.  The time required to burn an equivalent
 volume of Type 4 waste will be extended, since the waste contains  high
 moisture  and  low volatile content.  To destroy pathological waste
 efficiently,  the waste must be directly exposed to the burner  flame;
 consequently  piling pathological waste in a deep pile (e.g., filling  the
 entire chamber) will  result in inefficient combustion.15   If large volumes
 of  pathological wastes are to be incinerated,  an incinerator which is
 especially designed for pathological  waste should  be used.
      4.4.1.2  Automatic Controls.  Various levels  of automatic  controls
 are available for hospital incinerators,  even  for  the smallest  units
 sold.   The  smallest batch type units  can  be designed to use the same
 automatic  control concepts and hardware for the key  combustion  control
 parameters  (e.g., temperature  and combustion air)  as the larger
 continuous-duty incinerators.19   The  use  of control  systems  allows key
combustion parameters to  be  adjusted  automatically based on  data (e.g.,
temperature) from the incineration system.   These automatic  controls
permit  the combustion process  to be more  closely controlled.
      For batch feed  systems, parameters that can be  automatically
controlled include:
      1.  Charging frequency;
     2.  Combustion air rate;
                                   4-26

-------
      3.  Primary  and  secondary burner operation;
      4.  Temperature;  and
      5.  Combustion,  burndown, and cool down cycle  times.
      4.4.1.2.1  Charging frequency.  The charging  frequency can be
 automatically controlled by providing an interlock  system on the charging
 door.  The interlock will prevent the charging door from being opened
 after the primary burner is ignited and will prevent additional charges to
 the batch system until after burndown and cooldown have been completed.
 The operation of the interlock can be set up in one of two ways.  The
 interlock can be activated by a timer so that the door cannot be opened
 until after a preset time has elapsed (e.g., 24 hours).  Alternatively,
 operation of the interlock can be based on temperature; the interlock is
 set to deactivate only after the  proper temperature in the cool down cycle
 is attained.   The latter approach truly controls operation of the  unit in
 a manner that assures the incinerator will  run  through the complete
 charge,  combustion,  burnout,  and  cooldown cycle.
      4.4.1.2.2  Combustion  air rate.   Combustion  air rate  can  be
 automatically controlled by on/off settings,  low/high  settings,  and  full
 modulation  of the  flow over an entire  operating  range.  The control
 settings  can  be  activated based upon  the  value of a monitored parameter
 (e.g., temperature)  or by a specified  time  in a cycle.  Some manufacturers
 are  now using different types  of  more  advanced combustion air controls
 that  sense  parameters  such  as  gas  flow, opacity, oxygen concentration, and
 loading cycles to  assure that  adequate combustion air is available in the
 secondary chamber."*
      4.4.1.2.3   Primary and secondary burner operation.  Like the combustion
 air,  the ignition and main combustion (secondary chamber)  burners can be
 controlled over  an entire operating range (i.e., modulated), at low/high
 levels, or in the on/off position.  The settings can be based  upon  a
monitored value  (e.g.,  temperature) or as part of a timed  sequence.   The
use of such settings in a control  system is discussed in the following
sections.
     4.4.1.2.4  Temperature.  Both the primary ignition and  secondary
combustion chamber temperatures can be automatically controlled.  At  least
two levels of control are available.   The  first  control  approach  is
                                   4-27

-------
 designed to control temperature in each chamber by modulating the
 available combustion air to each chamber.  In this type system, the
 temperature in each chamber is monitored, and the combustion air to each
 chamber is separately controlled based on feedback from the thermo-
 couples.  The combustion air is modulated continuously over a wide range
 in order to maintain the set point temperatures.  Auxiliary burners are
 used as necessary to maintain minimum temperatures.   Since instantaneous
 peaks in the combustion gases generated in the primary chamber can occur,
 some manufacturers recommend operating the secondary burner at all times
 (in a low fire position if heat is not required) to  assure complete
 combustion of primary chamber gases."*
      This type control  system effectively controls the waste  combustion
 rate in the primary chamber by controlling the combustion  air.
 Controlling the combustion rate in the primary chamber subsequently limits
 the combustion rate in  the secondary  chamber.   Controlling the  secondary
 chamber combustion air  controls that  chamber's temperature by  increasing
 or decreasing  the excess-air level.   The  firing  rate of the main
 combustion burner (secondary chamber)  may  be modulated upward or downward
 if low  and high temperature set points are reached in  the  secondary
 chamber.   Similarly,  the  ignition  burner can be  activated  automatically if
 the primary chamber temperature falls  below the minimum set point.  This
 type system provides  a  true control of  the key parameter,  combustion
 temperature, by modulating  the  combustion  air.
      One manufacturer controls  the combustion rate in the  primary chamber
 and  the temperature in  the  secondary chamber by monitoring the oxygen
 concentrations  in each combustion chamber  and using these data to
 control/adjust  the combustion air levels.20
     Review of manufacturers' information  indicate that a second approach
 to automatically controlling the combustion process is used for batch type
      9 11
 units. '    In this approach, a series of timers are  used  to establish a
 timed sequence of events and the key process equipment  (i.e.,  burners and
 combustion air) have high/low or on/off settings.  The  switching of the
 burners and combustion air from one setting to  another  is controlled by
 the timed sequence.  Overrides for  the timed sequence are typically
provided to assure that minimum or  maximum set  point temperatures are not
exceeded.

                                   4-28

-------
       This type control system does not offer the same level of combustion
  control  as the modulated system previously described.  Instead of
  continuously modulating to achieve a specific set point (i.e., tempera-
  ture),  this type system utilizes on/off or low/high settings to maintain
  control  between two  set points.
       4.4.1.2.5  Combustion,  burndown,  and  cooldown cycle times.   An
  automatic control  sequence operating on a  timer  cycle typically is used to
  initiate and control  the length  of burndown  and  cooldown cycles.
  Table 4-3 presents an example timed control  cycle for a  batch  operated
  incinerator.
       4-4.1.3   Monitoring Operations.   The monitoring  of  key  operating
  parameters  provides several  benefits.   First, monitoring  provides  the
  operator  with  information  needed to make decisions on necessary combustion
  control adjustments.   For  example,  continuous monitoring of  the
  temperature and carbon monoxide level of the secondary combustion  chamber
  effluent gas stream allows the operator to determine  whether optimum
  combustion conditions are  being maintained.  Indications of an abnormally
  high CO level and low temperature can immediately be  used to adjust the
  secondary burner rate to raise the combustion chamber temperature.
 Second,  properly maintained monitoring  records can provide useful
  information for identifying operating trends  and  potential maintenance
 problems.  This historical information  can  be used to make decisions with
 respect  to modifying  standard operating procedures or control set
 points.   For example,  careful visual inspection of ash quality  each day
 complemented by comments in a daily operator's  log book can  be  used to
 track  ash  burnout patterns.  If a gradual trend towards poor  ash burnout
 becomes evident,  identification of  possible reasons  and corrective  actions
 can be initiated.  Finally, monitoring  generally  is  needed to satisfy
 regulatory requirements.
     Monitoring can be  divided  into  three broad categories:
     1.  Continuous monitoring—involves continuous instrumental
measurement with continuous data recording;  e.g.,  use  of a temperature
sensor with a strip chart recorder.
     2.  Continuous measurement—involves continuous instrumental
measurement but requires the operator to monitor the data output manually;
e.g.,  use of a temperature sensor with a digital meter display.

                                   4-29

-------
     TABLE 4-3.   EXAMPLE TIMED CONTROL CYCLE FOR BATCH MODE INCINERATOR
 Cycle
 Controlling
 parameter/level
 Resulting automatic
 control action
     Secondary
     combustion chamber
     preheat

     Ignition
3.   Combustion
4.  Burndown
 Manual start
 Combustion chamber
 temperature reaches
 1100°F
 Primary chamber
 temperature reaches
 1000°F

 Secondary temperature
 reaches high set
 point, 2000°F_

 Secondary temperature
 reaches low set point,
 1800°F

 (Burner will  cycle as
 high/low set-points
 are  reached)

 5 hours  from  ignition
                         High primary temper-
                         ature override
 Secondary burner--
 High fire
 Secondary combustion
 air-high level

 Primary combustion
 air—high level

 Primary burner on

 Primary burner off
                                                  Secondary burner
                                                  switches to  low fire
                                                  Secondary burner
                                                  switches back to high
                                                  fire
Primary air  switched
to high

Primary air  switched
back to low
    Cooldown
1 hour after override
activated

8 hours from ignition
                         16  hours  from  igni-
                         tion;  cycle  completed
Primary air switched
to high level

Secondary burner shuts
off

Combustion air blowers
shut off
                                    4-30

-------
       3.   Manual  monitoring—involves inspection by the operator on a
  noncontinuous basis,  e.g.,  visual  stack gas opacity readings.
  All  of these techniques  can be used to monitor the operation of batch  type
  incinerators. Continuous monitoring of operating  parameters will, in  most
  cases, provide more  information than manual  monitoring.   For example,
  continuous  opacity monitoring  of stack gas  opacity will  provide opacity
  data for  the entire operating  period and will  provide  a  permanent  record
  of changes  in opacity over  the  operating cycle and trends over  time.   On
  the  other hand,  visual inspection of the stack gas opacity will  provide
  limited data,  and a record will  be  available only  if the observer  records
  the  result.
       The  following operating parameters  can be monitored:
       1.   Charge rate;
       2.   Combustion gas temperature;
       3.   Condition of the waste bed  and  burner flame;
      4.   Combustion gas oxygen  level;
      5.   Combustion gas carbon monoxide  level;
      6.  Combustion gas opacity;
      7.  Auxiliary fuel  usage;  and
      8.  Ash quality.
 The techniques for monitoring  each  of these  parameters  are briefly
 described  in the  following paragraphs.
      Note  that this  section  is  not  intended  to  recommend  specific
 monitoring requirements,  but is intended to  present the key parameters
 which can  be monitored and provide  a brief description  of  how the
 parameters can be monitored  and  what useful  information monitoring  can
 provide.   Chapter 6 further  discusses actual  instrumental monitoring
 methods.
      4.4.1.3.1  Charge rate.  The weight  of each charge can be recorded in
 a log  book.   This procedure will  help to  indicate whether the rated
 capacity of  the incinerator  is being  exceeded.  Note that incinerators are
 designed for  a specific thermal  input.  Since the heat value  (Btu/lb) of
wastes will vary,  the weight of  a charge  is not a true indicator of
whether the rated  capacity is being  exceeded.  Variations in heating value
 in the waste will  need to be  considered in determining charge  size.
                                   4-31

-------
 Nonetheless, monitoring the weight of the charge will provide historical
 data which can be used to make systematic modifications to operating
 procedures, i.e., reduction of the charge rate by 20 percent to evaluate
 the effect on resolving poor burnout problems.  Monitoring this parameter
 will require a scale or weigh bin which can be used to weigh individual
 waste bags or transport carts.
      4.4.1.3.2  Combustion gas temperature.  The combustion gas
 temperatures (primary and secondary)  are critical operating parameters.
 These parameters typically are monitored continuously using
 thermocouples.  Permanent strip chart (or data logger records)  may  be
 kept; for small  units only meters without permanent recordkeeping
 typically are provided.
      4.4.1.3.3  Condition of waste bed  and  burner flame.   If viewports are
 provided  in each chamber, the operator  can  view the flame  pattern and the
 waste bed.   Visual  observation of the combustion process provides useful
 information on the  burner operation  (i.e.,  potential  problems such  as
 flame impingment on the  refractory, or  smoking  of the secondary burner
 flame can  be identified)  and  on  the combustion  process  in  general (i.e.,
 quantity  and condition of remaining waste charge can  be identified).
      Viewports should be  sealed  glass covered by blastgates.  "Inspection
 doors" which open the chamber  to  atmosphere should  not be  used for viewing
 the combustion process because these pose safety  problems  and affect the
 combustion  air control.
      4.4.1.3.4   Combustion gas oxygen level.  The combustion gas oxygen
 concentration  is a  direct measure of the excess-air level.   Although this
 measurement  is not  essential,  it provides real-time information about
 changing conditions  in the combustion chamber.  Typically,  the oxygen
 level of the combustion gas exiting the secondary chamber is used to
 assure that excess  air is always available for complete combustion.   A
continuous oxygen monitoring system typically is used (see  Chapter 6).
However, a portable  instrumental measurement system also can be  used
occasionally for monitoring oxygen levels to confirm proper operation or
to provide information necessary for adjusting combustion air dampers.
                                   4-32

-------
       4.4.1.3.5   Combustion gas  carbon monoxide level.   Carbon monoxide is
  a  product of  incomplete  combustion;  excessive  levels  indicate that  a poor
  combustion condition  exists.  The  CO concentration  of  the  combustion
  chamber effluent can  be  monitored  continuously to alert  the  operator to
  poor  combustion conditions.  An  instrumental CO monitoring system
  generally is used for this  procedure (see Chapter 6).  Alternatively,  a
  portable instrumental measurement  system can be used to  make  occasional
  measurements of CO to monitor performance.  As  with the  oxygen
  measurements, this approach often  is  used to check performance in
  conjunction with maintenance or adjustment of combustion control level
  settings.
      4.4.1.3.6  Combustion gas opacity.  Combustion gas opacity provides an
  indirect measurement of particulate matter concentration in the stack gas;
  hence opacity is an indicator of incinerator performance.  As particulate
 concentration increases,  so does the opacity.   Continuous emission
 monitoring  systems  (CEMS) for measuring opacity (referred to  as
 "transmissometers")  are available (see Chapter 6).   An alternative,  and
 simpler monitoring  technique,  is visual observation  of the  stack
 emissions.  The  opacity of the  stack gas can be determined  accurately by  a
 trained observer.   Even an untrained observer  can detect  gross changes in
 stack  gas opacity and  can use visual  observations to note combustion
 problems.
     4.4.1.3.7   Fuel usage.  Monitoring fuel usage provides historical
 data for identifying maintenance  problems and for identifying  the need  for
 adjustments to control system settings to increase efficiency.  Fuel  usage
 can be  monitored with  a simple metering system.  Fuel usage can than  be
 determined by logging  meter  readings  or continuously recording the
 metering system's output.
     4.4.1.3.8  Ash quality.  Ash quality is one indication of combustion
 performance.   Visual inspection is the  simplest means of determining ash
 quality and incinerator performance.   For example,  large pieces of
uncombusted  materials  (e.g., paper)  indicate very poor ash quality.   The
operator should inspect the ash  visually and record  comments on ash
quality in a  log  book routinely.
                                   4-33

-------
      For a more technical determination of ash quality, a chemical
 analysis of a sample of the ash can be conducted.  The amount of
 combustible materials remaining in the ash can be determined by a
 laboratory test which subjects a sample of the ash to a combustion
 atmosphere and then determines the weight loss.  This procedure measures
 the ash's "burnout" quality.  A 100 percent "burnout" means no volatile or
 combustible materials remain in the ash;  some incinerators are capable of
 90 percent burnout.    Occasional  checks  of ash burnout are useful for
 monitoring performance of the incinerator.

 4.4.2  Intermittent-Duty. Controlled-Air  Incinerators

      Intermittent-duty,  controlled-air incinerators  typically are  used for
 "shift"  type  operation.   The incinerator must  be  routinely  shutdown for
 ash removal.   Hence,  there is  a distinct operating cycle.   The main
 feature  which  distinguishes  this type  incinerator from  the  batch
 incinerator is the  charging  procedures which are  used.  The  charging
 system is designed  to  accommodate multiple charges safely throughout the
 operating cycle rather than  rely on a  single batch charge at  the beginning
 of  the operating cycle.   Either manual or automated charging  systems can
 be  used.
     4.4.2.1  Operation.
     4.4.2.1.1  Ash removal.  The residual ash from the previous
 operating cycle must be removed before a cycle can be initiated.   Ash
 removal procedures are essentially the same as those described in
 Section 4.3 for batch mode incinerators.
     4.4.2.1.2  Startup.  Before the operator initiates startup,  proper
 operation of the primary and secondary burners  and combustion air blowers
 should be checked according to manufacturer's instructions.   The  following
 steps are conducted during startup:
     1.   The primary and secondary  burner(s)  are ignited,  and preheat of
the combustion chambers is initiated.   The manufacturer  should be
consulted regarding proper preheat procedures,  since  improper preheat can
damage the refractory.
                                   4-34

-------
       2.   The secondary chamber must reach a predetermined temperature
  (e.g.,  1800°F)  before the  incinerator is ready for charging;  and
       3.   After  the predetermined  secondary chamber temperature is
  attained, the primary and  secondary combustion air blowers are
  activated.   The incinerator  is  ready to  be charged.
       4.4.2.1.3   Waste charging.   Stable  combustion can  be maintained  most
  readily with a  constant thermal input  to the  incinerator.   Feeding  too
  much  waste in a charge causes the incinerator to  overload.  These
  overloads can result  in poor burndown  (because of waste pile buildup  on
  the hearth) or  can cause excessive  emissions  because the  rapid generation
  of volatiles overloads the capacity of the  secondary chamber.  Feeding too
  little waste results  in inadequate  thermal  input  and consequent excessive
  auxiliary fuel use.10  A charge frequency and  quantity recommended by two
 manufacturers is 15 to 25 percent of the rated capacity (Ib/h) at 10 to
  15 minute intervals.10'11   Another rule of thumb  is to recharge the
  incinerator after the previous charge has been reduced by 50 to 75 percent
 in volume, determined by observation of the waste through the view ports
 or operating  experience.11   Charging volume and frequency will  vary with
 waste  composition,  and the  operator  must  use some judgment to  determine
 appropriate rates.
     The temperature  profile  of  a  combustion chamber  is  a  picture of how
 the temperature  in  the chamber  fluctuates during the  course of  the
 incineration  process.   The  variations  in  temperature  are shown  on  the
 strip  or circular chart recorder that records  the  temperatures  measured  by
 the thermocouples in the combustion  chambers.   The temperature
 fluctuations  are affected by the frequency of  waste charging and the size
 of  the charge.   Insufficient or infrequent charging may cause the
 temperature to become too low and necessitates  the use of auxiliary fuel
 to  help maintain  the desired set point temperature.  Charging too much
waste may cause  a rapid increase in secondary combustion chamber
temperature if the waste has a high volatile content.   On the other hand,
if the waste has a low Btu  content  or contains a lot of moisture,
overcharging may have the effect of first  decreasing the  primary
combustion chamber temperature (while the  moisture is  being volatilized)
before  a temperature increase  is  noted.  Charging on a regular  basis  with
                                   4-35

-------
 the  same volume of waste  in each charge helps  to  "flatten"  the  temperature
 variation and allow proper combustion while preventing refractory damage
 and  excessive auxiliary fuel consumption.  Monitoring the temperature
 profile of the combustion chambers will assist  in determining the proper
 charging rates.
      After the last charge of the day is completed, the incinerator is set
 to initiate the burndown cycle.  The limiting factor on how long the
 charging period can be sustained without initiating the burndown cycle is
 the degree of ash buildup on the hearth.  Typically the charging period is
 limited to 12 to 14 hours.^
      4.4.2.1.4  Burndown.  The burndown cycle is essentially the same as
 described for batch incinerators and is initiated after the last charge of
 the day is made.   For intermittent-duty incinerators the  burndown sequence
 can be initiated  manually or may be initiated  automatically.  One manufac-
 turer's control  system is designed  to include  a control timer which  is
 activated  by  the  charging door.11   Whenever  the charging  door is opened
 and then closed,  the  burndown  timing  cycle is  initiated by  resetting  the
 burndown timer to  a preset time-period,  e.g.,  5 hours  (the  actual  length
 of the burndown time  is determined  by experience with waste  stream).
      4.4.2.1.5  Cooldown.  The  cooldown  period  is the same as  for batch
 incinerators.
      4.4.2.2  Automatic Controls.  The parameters which can  be controlled
 automatically for  intermittent-duty controlled-air incinerators  are
 essentially the same as those already discussed  for the batch-operated
 incinerators.  The automatic control techniques  used also are essentially
 the same.  Either timed sequences with high/low  burner and air settings or
 control systems which have fully modulated burner and air controls that
 are continually adjusted based on control feedback (e.g.,  temperature) can
 be used.  For intermittent-duty units, the charging rate can be controlled
 automatically if an automatic mechanical  charging system is  provided  with
 the unit.  Automatic control  for a ram feed charger consists of a timing
 sequence which will initiate  the charging sequence at regularly timed
 intervals.  The size of the charge is  controlled by  the  volume of the  feed
hopper.  An override on the automatic  feeder  can be  provided  so that  the
control system will not allow a charge to be  fed at  the  regular interval
                                   4-36

-------
 if certain conditions  are not met.  For example,  if  the primary chamber
 temperature exceeds a  high  level set point, the  incinerator  is not yet
 ready for another "fuel" charge and the charging  cycle  will  not initiate.
      4.4.2.3  Monitoring.   The operating parameters  that can be monitored
 for intermittent-duty  incinerators are the same as those parameters
 discussed in Section 4.4.1.3 for batch incinerators.  The same monitoring
 techniques generally apply.  However, continuous monitoring and recording
 of the ignition and combustion chamber temperatures  have added importance
 for intermittent-duty  incinerators.  The trends in these measured values
 are useful to the operator  in determining the appropriate charging
 frequency and in adjusting the charging frequency as waste characteristics
 change.   Similarly,  the use of appropriate viewports has added
 significance in making decisions on charging frequency based upon
 appearance of the waste bed.

 4.4.3  Continuous-duty. Controlled-Air Incinerators

     Continuous-duty incinerators  have the capability of continuously
 removing  the  ash from  the incinerator  hearth.   Consequently,  the
 incinerator can  be operated  at a near-steady-state condition  by
 continuously  charging  the unit at regularly timed  intervals  and similarly
 by removing the  ash  at  regularly timed  intervals.
     4.4.3.1  Operation.
     4.4.3.1.1   Startup.  Startup procedures for continuous-duty
 incinerators  are  essentially the same as for the  intermittent-duty
 incinerators.  The chambers  are first preheated before the initial charge
 is loaded to the  incinerator.  The manufacturer should be consulted
 regarding proper preheat procedures, since  improper preheat can damage the
 refractory.
     4.4.3.1.2  Charging.  To approach steady state operation, consistently
 sized charges should be fed  at regularly timed intervals.  Practically
 speaking,  continuous-duty incinerators are likely to  be more automated
than the  types of units previously discussed.  Continuous-duty
 incinerators will include a mechanical  feed system, which may be fully
automated  so that charges are automatically fed at regularly timed
intervals.

                                   4-37

-------
      During operation, the waste bed/ash bed is typically moved through
 the incinerator by one of two methods.  In the first method, the waste bed
 is continually pushed towards the back end of the chamber when each new
 waste charge is pushed into the incinerator by the feed ram.  In the
 second method, where the incinerator hearth is exceptionally long, the
 hearth is built in a stepped fashion, and special ash rams are provided
 for pushing the ash from one step to the next step.   Ultimately, in both
 systems, the ash is pushed off the hearth into an ash discharge chute.
      During operation, the operator must assure that the ash is being
 removed from the system.   For manual ash removal  systems,  an ash bin must
 be emptied routinely.   The ash bin is located inside a sealed chamber at
 the end of the ash discharge chute or is directly sealed to  the combustion
 chamber ash discharge  chute.  For fully automated ash systems,  the ash is
 mechanically removed by a rake or conveyor  from a water quench  pit located
 at the end of the ash  discharge chute.   For these systems, the  operator
 need  only monitor the  ash discharge system  to assure that  no mechanical
 problems have developed and  to assure that  the  quench pit water level  is
 maintained.
      4.4.3.1.3   Shutdown.  Shutdown of  the  incinerator  involves  stopping the
 charging process and maintaining  temperatures  in  the  combustion  chamber
 until  the remaining waste burns down to  ash  and is finally discharged  from
 the system in  the  normal  manner.
     4.4.3.2  Automatic Controls.   The parameters which  can  be controlled
 automatically for  this  type  unit  are essentially the  same as  those for  the
 intermittent duty  unit.   However, when separate ash transfer  rams are a
 part of  the system, ash removal may  also be automatically controlled.   If
 the waste  feed system  is on  an automatically timed sequence,   the ash
 removal  system likely will be  integrated into the timed sequence.
     The operating controls  for the  parameters discussed in Section 4.2.2
 are more  likely to be fully  automated for continuous-duty incinerators
 than for batch units, simply because of the size and  frequency of use of
 the units.  Automated controls relieve the operator from the  burden of
continuously making adjustments.
     4.4.3.3  Monitoring.  The operating parameters that can  be monitored
for continuous-duty incinerators are the same as those parameters
                                   4-38

-------
  discussed  in  Section  4.4.2.3 for intermittent-duty incinerators.   The use
  of  automatic/mechanical  feed systems  simplifies  the monitoring  of  waste
  feed charge frequency (and  consequently  volume).   A recording  indicator
  can be  installed that indicates  how frequently the waste  feed charge
  system  is  activated.   This  information can  be used to provide a rough
  estimate of the charging rate  (Ib/h)  for the unit  and also may  be  helpful
  in  diagnosing other operational  problems, such as  reasons for temperature
  excursions.

  4.4.4  Multiple-Chamber Incinerators

      Typically, multiple-chamber incinerators are used to burn
 pathological  waste.  However, other medical  waste including red bag waste
 are sometimes burned in these units;  when burning red bag waste special
 precautions should  be taken during charging  to assure the incinerator's
 capacity is not exceeded.  Typical  applications  of multiple-chamber
 incinerators  include batch  or intermittent operation; continuous-duty
 operation automatic ash removal is  atypical.  Operation  of these units is
 discussed briefly below.
     4.4.4.1   Operation.
     4.4.4.1.1  Ash removal.  The residual ash from the  previous operating
 cycle must  be  removed  before a  cycle can  be  initiated.   Ash removal
 procedures  are essentially the  same as those described in
 Section  4.4.1.1.1 for  batch  mode  controlled-air incinerators.
     4.4.4.1.2   Startup.  Startup of the excess-air  incinerator  is  similar
 to startup  for the  batch-mode,  controlled-air incinerators.  The secondary
 chamber  is  first preheated to a predetermined chamber temperature.  The
 incinerator is then charged  with  the waste.
     4.4.4.1.3  Charging.  Multiple-chamber  incinerators may be either batch
or intermittent duty and may be charged manually or with a mechanical
 loading device.  Because of  the significant  difference in heat contents
between pathological waste and red bag  waste  and  because incinerators are
designed to burn a waste with a specific  heat input, the  proper charging
(addition of fuel) procedures are different for different wastes.
                                   4-39

-------
      Pathological  waste  has a  low heat content,  a  high moisture content,
 and  a low percentage  of  volatiles.  Consequently,  it must be constantly
 exposed  to  the  auxiliary burner(s') flame(s)  to  be combusted.  The
 following proper pathological waste charging  procedures are recommended:
      1.  The waste should be placed on the  hearth  in an even layer that
 provides maximum exposure to the burner(s)  flame(s).  The waste should not
 be deeply piled.
      2.  Recharging the  incinerator should  not be  done until considerable
 reduction in volume (greater than 75 percent) of the previous charge has
 occurred.
      3.  When recharging the incinerator:
      a.  Turn off  the primary burner (some  units may have an interlock
 system that automatically turns the burner  off when the charge door is
 opened);
      b.  Place  the fresh charge in a single, layer  on the hearth so that
 the  burner(s) impinge on the waste; and
      c.  Close  the charge door before restarting the primary burner.
      The heat content of red bag waste will be variable depending on the
 contents of the bag.  Proper operation of the incinerator dictates that:
 (1)  sufficient  waste  should be charged to the unit to sustain the desired
 temperature without excessive use of the primary burner; and (2) to
maintain the primary  chamber temperature below the upper limit and to
 prevent emissions,  the charge rate should not exceed the capacity of the
 incinerator at  any time.  Obviously, if the incinerator was  designed for
 pathological waste, then a significantly smaller red bag waste charge
 should be made  than is typically made of pathological  waste.  The
following guidelines  are recommended for charging red  bag waste into a
multiple-chamber incinerator:
      1.  Use of frequent, small batches rather than one large batch.   The
objective is to avoid causing a rapid release of volatile compounds that
exceeds the combustion capacity of the incinerator. The frequency and
size of each charge will be determined by the incinerator being operated
and the type of waste.  A recommended procedure  is to  charge about 1/10
the rated capacity  (Ib/h) every 6 minutes.
                                   4-40

-------
       2.  Keep a fairly consistent waste bed in the incinerator.  The
  incinerator should not be jammed full, nor should it be empty.
       3.  Avoid "stuffing and burning" in the incinerator; that is, do not
  fill  the incinerator chamber to full  capacity, floor to ceiling, ignite
  the waste,  and allow the incinerator  to operate unattended.
       4.  When recharging the incinerator:
       a.  Turn the  primary burner off  (some units  may have an interlock
  system  that automatically turns the burner off when  the charge door is
  opened);
       b.   The  partially burned waste from the previous charges  should  be
  pushed  towards  the back of the  hearth with  a rake; and
       c.   The  new waste charge should be  fed to  the front  end of  the hearth
  (near the charge door).   This procedure  allows  good exposure of  the
  partially combusted waste to the overfire air and allows a good flame  from
  the waste bed to be maintained.  On the other hand, if cold, newly charged
 waste is thrown on top  of the existing waste bed it partially smothers the
 burning bed which can result in increased emissions.
      5.   If the incinerator has a grate, it is  important that the entire
 grate  be covered with a waste bed.
      4.4.4.1.4  Operation.  When burning pathological  waste,  the primary
 burner is operated  throughout the combustion cycle and thermal  output
 should be relatively  constant without  rapid fluctuations.   The  primary
 chamber  combustion  air is preset to maintain a  constant  excess-air level,
 and  primary  chamber temperature  is controlled by modulating the primary
 burner.   Since the  pathological  waste does  not  contain large  amounts of
 combustible  volatiles,  secondary chamber  combustion settings  also  will
 remain relatively constant.   The combustion  air  damper settings and burner
 settings necessary to attain  the desired  secondary chamber temperature  and
 excess-air levels are set  and normally do not need to  be adjusted.
 Temperature control normally  is achieved only by modulating the primary
 burner settings.15
     Modulating the primary burner does not  offer the  same degree of
control over temperature as the adjustment of air supply.  If  a multiple-
chamber incinerator was overcharged with red bag waste, modulation of the
primary burner (or even shutdown  of the  burner)  would  not reduce the
                                   4-41

-------
 temperature because once ignited, the red bag waste will continue to burn
 out of control with the large excess-air level carrying excessive unburned
 material to the secondary chamber.  In such a scenario, the secondary
 chamber would be unable to respond to such a high carryover of
 volatiles.  Therefore, while red bag waste may be burned in a multiple-
 chamber incinerator, the potential exists for high temperatures that may
 damage the unit and for high emissions if the unit is overcharged.  Some
 multiple-chamber units may have an automatically modulated air supply
 system that adds air if the temperature rises (cools the combustion
 process) or restricts air if the temperature falls.   However,  the large
 excess-air level in the primary chamber will  still  produce carryover of
 particulate matter to the secondary  chamber.   Therefore,  multiple-chamber
 incinerators are better suited  to  burn pathological  waste than they are to
 burn red bag waste because  of the  relatively  stable  and  constant  heat
 output of pathological  waste and the fact that pathological waste
 combustion is  controlled  entirely  by the firing of the primary burner
 (i.e., pathological  waste cannot sustain combustion  without the primary
 burner and will  not  burn out of  control as the red bag waste can).
      4.4.4.1.5   Burndown.   There is no burndown period in the  operation of
 multiple-chamber incinerators.   The degree of burnout achieved  is dictated
 by the length of time that  the primary burner is left in operation after
 the  last  charge.  After complete destruction of the waste has been
 achieved  (as noted by visual observation through a viewport), the primary
 burner is  shut down.  The secondary burner is not shut off until all
 smoldering  from  residual material on the hearth in the primary chamber  has
      .  1 5
 ceased.
     4.4.4.1.6  Cooldown.  After all  smoldering in the ignition chamber has
 ceased, the secondary burner is  shut down,  and the incinerator allowed to
 cool.
     4.4.4.2  Automatic Controls.  The  primary operating  parameters which
 are automatically controlled are the  primary  and  secondary chamber
 temperatures.  Control of the temperatures  is  achieved  by modulating the
 burner rates.  The primary and secondary combustion air  levels  typically
are not automatically controlled, but are preset.   Incinerator  draft
typically is controlled by a barometric damper.  Charging  rate  also  is not
 likely to be controlled automatically in this  application.

                                   4-42
1 5

-------
       4.4.4.3  .Monitoring.  The same operating parameters that  are
  monitored on control!ed-air incinerators can be manually or continuously
  monitored during operation of the multiple-chamber unit.

  4.5  ADD-ON AIR POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEMS

       Key operating  parameters  and procedures for wet scrubbers, fabric
  filters, and dry scrubbers are discussed in this section.   Addition of an
  air pollution control  system  (ARCS)  to a hospital  waste incinerator
  increases the number  of  operating parameters the operator must  control,
  monitor, and adjust.   Furthermore, addition of an  ARCS  to an  incinerator
  significantly modifies how at  least  one  important  incinerator operating
  parameter is  controlled;  this  parameter  is  the incinerator  draft.
  Operation of  the ARCS will  require use of an  induced draft  (ID)  fan  to
  provide  the  necessary airflow  through the system.  Natural  draft control
  will no  longer be applicable;  gas flow through the system will  be
  controlled by the ID fan.
 4.5.1  Wet Scrubbers
                     22_2i»
      4'5-1-1  
-------
 packed-bed scrubbers.  However, relatively large L/6 ratios are required
 to adequately cover the packing media and create a large wetted surface.
 The L/G ratio is the key performance parameter for packed-bed scrubbers
 used for acid gas control with 10 to 15 gal/Macf recommended.23  Spray
 towers also require a L/G ratio of 5 to 20 gal/Macf.23  While these are
 the most important key performance parameters, there are several key
 parameters for each scrubber type that can be monitored and adjusted by
 the operator to achieve the desired performance of the unit.  Table 4-4
 lists the key parameters and identifies typical operating ranges for
 venturi scrubbers, packed-bed scrubbers, spray towers,  and mist
 eliminators for application to hospital  waste incineration systems.
      Control  of scrubber liquor pH is  important to minimize corrosion from
 acid or alkaline conditions.   A scrubber liquor pH range of 5.5 to  7.0 is
             22
 recommended.     A pH in this  range represents neutral water.   A lower pH
 indicates  acidic water  which  can cause  corrosion.   Higher pH values  may
 result in  scaling.
      Turbidity of the scrubber liquor feed also is  an important operating
 parameter  with regard to  maintaining particulate matter  control
 efficiencies.   High  turbidity  (a measure of the dissolved  and  suspended
 solids in  the  liquid) can result  in increased  particulate  matter emissions
 and  pluggage of  nozzles.
     Proper design and operation of the  mist eliminator  system  is
 necessary  for  maintaining particulate matter control efficiencies.
 Scrubber system  design sometimes includes a clean water  spray for rinsing
 mesh pad eliminators and maintaining performance.
     4.5.1.2   Scrubber Operation.  Proper operation of a scrubber requires
 that the operator (1) establish a fixed  liquid flow rate to the scrubbing
 section, (2) initiate gas flow through the system by starting a fan, and
 (3) set up the liquid recirculation system so that suspended and dissolved
 solids buildup does not create operating problems.   Once the system has
 been started and operation has stabilized,  little additional operator
 attention will be needed.  Operators should refer to the instruction
manual provided by the scrubber manufacturer  for adjustment of site-
 specific operating conditions.
                                   4-44

-------
             TABLE 4-4.   WET SCRUBBER PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS FOR
                      HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATORS   '
Parameter
Typical
rangea
Units of
measure
— — — — ^— _^_
Operating
range13
 Venturl scrubbers

   Pressure drop              15-60
   Liquid feed ratec          >35
   Liquid-to-gas ratio        4-10
   Liquid feed pressure       20-60
   Liquid feed turbidity      1-10

   Gas flow ratec             >5,000
   Liquid feed pH             5-10
 Packed-bed scrubbers
   Pressure drop              1-5
   Liquid feed ratec          >5
   Liquid feed pH             5.5-7.0
   Liquid-to-gas ratio        10-30
   Liquid feed pressure       20-60
   Gas flow rate3             >5,000
   Liquid feed turbidity      1-10

 Spray towers

   Pressure  drop               0.5-3.0
   Liquid-to-gas  rate          5-20
 Mist  eliminator

   Pressure  drop               1-3
   Liquid feed ratec           >5
   Liquid feed pressure        20-60
   Liquid-to-gas ratio         1-6
   Liquid turbidity            0-3
 in. w.c.
 gal/min
 gal/Macf
 Percent suspended
   solids
 acfm
 in.  w.c.
 gal/min
 PH
 gal/Macf
 acfm
 Percent  suspended
   solids
 in. w.c.
 gal/macf
in. w.c.
gal/min
gal/Macf
Percent suspended
 20-50

 7.10
 20-60
 0-3
 5.5-7.0
 5.5-7.0
 15.25
 30-60

 1-3
 i_3
 5.20
i_3

30-60
2-3
0-0.5
Gas flow rate0
Liquid feed pH
>5,000
5-10
3U 1 1 US
acfm
PH
7
 The typical range is the range of operating parameters that can exist on
ba broad range of source categories.
 The operating range is the range of operating parameters specified by
 manufacturers for combustion sources similar to hospital waste
 incinerators.
 Values,  or range of values,  are dependent  on the size of the scrubber
 system.
                                   4-45

-------
      4.5.1.2.1   Scrubber Startup.   The  scrubber should  be started prior to
 charging waste  feed  to  the  incinerator  but  not  necessarily prior to
 preheat.   The specific  manufacturer's startup  instructions should be
 followed.  The  following procedures in  sequence are  typical  during startup
 of a scrubbing  system to insure  proper  operation:
      1.  Turn on the liquid  recirculation system or  liquid supply(s)  to
 the scrubber(s)  and  mist eliminator.
      2.  Adjust  the  liquid flow  rates to those  specified  in  the
 instructions supplied by the  scrubber manufacturer.
      3.  If the  induced  draft or forced draft fan feeding  the  scrubbing
 system has a damper  installed at its inlet  or outlet, close  the  damper.
      4.  Start the induced draft or forced  draft fan.
      5.  If the  system  is equipped  with a damper, gradually  open the
 damper until the  proper  gas flow rate is established.
      6.  Again recheck the liquid flow rate(s)  and adjust  as necessary.
      7.  Check the differential  pressure across the scrubber and compare
 with  the design pressure drop specified in the  operating manual.   If  the
 differential pressure is too low across the scrubber, either the liquid
 rate  is too low or the gas flow  rate is too low.  To correct this
 condition, either increase the gas  flow rate by opening a damper,  or
 increase the liquid flow rate to the scrubber.  If the scrubber  is a
 venturi unit with an adjustable  throat,  the pressure can be increased by
 decreasing the throat area.
      8.  Initiate the liquid bleed  to treatment or disposal as specified
 in  the manufacturer's manual.  If the bleed is taken by an overflow from
 the recirculation tank,  the flow rate at this point is established by the
 rate  at which makeup water is introduced to the recirculation tank.  The
 manufacturer's manual should show the anticipated water evaporation rate
 in the scrubbing system.  If, as an example, the evaporation rate  is
 1 gallon per minute,  and if you wish to  establish a bleed rate of  1 gallon
 per minute, it will  be  necessary to feed 2  gallons  per minute of total
water to the recirculation tank.   The bleed  rate is determined by the rate
 at which the solids  buildup in the  scrubbing system.   These solids can be
either suspended or  dissolved solids or  both.   A scrubber is capable  of
 handling a  maximum of 3  percent (weight) suspended  solids, and it is
                                   4-46

-------
                                                                     22
  suggested  that the dissolved  solids  not exceed  10 percent (weight).2
  Based on design data,  a recommended  bleed  rate  from the system should be
  provided by the manufacturer.   The operator  should combine this figure
  with the evaporation figures  to give a  total recommended makeup water rate
  to the recirculation tank  if  an overflow type bleed  system is  used.   If  a
  bleed system is provided from a slip stream off the  pump feeding the
  venturi scrubber, liquid makeup is normally provided by  a level  control
  device in the recirculation tank.  The  flow rate required will  be the same
  as the flow rate required for the overflow bleed system.   However, it is
  only necessary to insure that adequate water supply  is available  to  the
  level control  device on a continuous basis.
      4.5.1.2.2  Scrubber shutdown.  To shut the system down without
 overloading the fan or causing any damage to the scrubbing equipment, the
 following procedures  in sequence are typical:
      1.   Shut  off the induced  draft  or forced draft fan feeding the
 scrubbing system.
      2.   Wait  until the fan impeller  has stopped rotation and then shut
 off the  scrubbing  water recirculation pump.
      3.   Shut  off  the makeup water supply system.
      4.5.1.3   Automatic Control.  Key operating  parameters which may  be
 automatically  controlled for a scrubber  system include:
      1.  Venturi pressure drop;
      2.  Scrubber  liquid flow  rate;
      3.  Scrubber  liquid pH; and
      4.  Gas flow rate.
      The venturi pressure drop is the key performance parameter  for
venturi scrubbers and the scrubber system can be designed  to monitor  this
parameter and provide automatic control based on adjustment of the venturi
throat.
     For Venturis,  packed beds, and spray towers, the scrubber liquid flow
rate is a key parameter.  This  parameter usually  remains constant during
operation but,  nonetheless,  can be  designed  for  automatic flow rate
control.
     When caustic materials  are added  to  the  scrubber liquid,  control  of
scrubber  liquid pH  is  necessary to  prevent damage  to the scrubber
                                   4-47

-------
 equipment.   A  pH  meter is  used  to  monitor the pH of the liquid.   The
 output  of the  meter  is used  to  control  the amount of caustic material
 added to the scrubber  sump.
     Gas flow  rate through the  system can be  controlled automatically  by
 monitoring  and adjusting fan rpm for a  variable  speed fan,  or by
 monitoring  and controlling fan  static pressure using a damper for a
 constant rpm fan.  Gas flow  rate is controlled to maintain  the desired
 draft in the incinerator combustion chambers,  as well  as  the desired
 pressure drop  across the scrubber.
     4.5.1.4  Monitoring.  Scrubber parameters which can  be  monitored  by
 the operator include:
     1.  Venturi pressure  drop;
     2.  Scrubber liquid flow rate;
     3.  Scrubber liquid pH;
     4.  Fan static pressure, rpm, or amperage;  and
     5.  Gas inlet temperature.
 The first four  items listed were discussed in  the section above with
 regard to using these parameters for automatic system control.  Gas  inlet
 temperature  is of interest to the operator because excessive temperatures
 can damage the pollution control equipment, especially in systems where
 fiber reinforced plastic materials are  used.  A thermocouple is used to
 monitor the gas inlet temperature.

 4.5.2  Fabric Filters25"27

     4.5.2.1  Key Operating Parameters.   The key  operating parameters for
 fabric filter control systems are  summarized in Table 4-5.  To prevent
 damage to the system  the gas  temperature must  be  maintained  in a  range
 between the dewpoint  of the gas  and the  upper  temperature  limit of the
fabric.   The upper operating  temperature of the fabric will  depend on the
fabric type; the manufacturer should be  consulted regarding  the upper
temperature limit.
     The pressure  drop  across the system for pulse jet baghouses  typically
 is maintained within  a  range  of  5 to 9 in.  w.c.    Pressure  drop  gives  an
 indication  of filter  cake formation.  Filter cake formation  is  dependent
                                   4-48

-------
  TABLE 4-5.  KEY OPERATING PARAMETERS FOR FABRIC FILTER CONTROL SYSTEMS


Parameter                                   Operating range26


Upper gas temperature, °F                   Below upper limit for fabric4

Lower gas temperature, °F                   Above dewpointb

Pressure drop, in. w.c.                     5-9

Cleaning air pressure, psig                 60-100


aThe upper temperature limit will  be dependent on fabric type.   Consult
.manufacturer.
 The gas temperature usually is maintained above 300°F.
                                  4-49

-------
 on  the  effectiveness of  the  bag  cleaning  cycle.   The  frequency and dwell
 of  bag  cleaning  must be  set  to maintain the  desired pressure  drop.  The
 cleaning  pressure must be maintained  at sufficient pressure to properly
 clean the bags;  the desired  range  is  60 to 100 psig.25
     4.5.2.2  Operation  of Fabric  Filters.   While the performance  of a fabric
 filter  is dependent on proper design  and  the timely detection of upset
 conditions, proper operation and preventive  maintenance procedures dictate
 satisfactory  long-term performance.   This section discusses general
 operating procedures that can minimize unexpected malfunctions and improve
 the performance  of the fabric filter.  Preventive maintenance practices
 are discussed in Chapter 5.  Proper operating procedures are  important
 during  startup,  normal operation,  shutdown,  and emergency conditions.
     4.5.2.2.1   Startup Procedures.   Prior to operation of new fabric
 filters,  a complete check of all components  is recommended including the
 cleaning  system, the dust-discharge system,  and the isolation  dampers  and
 fans.   Clean, ambient air should be passed through the system  to confirm
 that all  bags are properly installed.  New bags are prone to  abrasion  if
 subjected  to high dust loadings and full-load gas flows, particularly
 during  the initial startup before new bags have the benefit of a dust
 buildup cake to protect the fibers from abrasion or to increase their
 resistance to gas flow.  Full gas flow at  high dust loadings can allow  the
 particulate matter to impinge on the fabric at high velocity and result in
 abrasion that may shorten bag life.  In addition,  the  dust may penetrate
 so deeply  into the fabric that the cleaning  system cannot  remove it, and a
 "permanent" pressure drop results.   Bag abrasion may be  prevented  by
either  (1) initially operating the incinerator at  a  low  throughput  and
reduced gas volume to allow the dust cake  to  build gradually or (2) pre-
coating the bags to provide a protective cake before the incinerator
exhaust is introduced.  The baghouse manufacturer  should be  consulted
regarding proper startup  procedures and acceptable precoat materials.
     The fabric  filter  should not be operated at temperatures  approaching
the dewpoint of  water and/or  the  hydrochloric acid formed  by the
combustion of  chlorinated plastics  because if the  dewpoint is  reached,
serious  operating problems  may  arise.   Warm moist gas that is  introduced
into a cool or cold  fabric  filter will  cause  condensation on the bags or
                                   4-50

-------
  on  the  fabric filter  shell.   Condensation  can  cause  a condition known as
  "mudded"  bags where the  bags  are  blinded by  dust  and moisture.   The acid
  dewpoint  depends on the  amount  of moisture and acidic material  in the gas
  stream.   Condensation of acid can cause corrosion of the  fabric filter
  components, sticky particulate  and cake-release problems,  and acid  attack
  on  some fabrics.  Preheating the  fabric filter to a  temperature above the
  acid dewpoint will prevent condensation and  enhance  fabric filter
  performance.  Since the  incinerator goes through a warmup period  using
  natural gas or fuel oil  burners prior to waste combustion, the  problems
  associated with condensation of water or hydrochloric  acid are  unlikely to
  occur.
      Unstable combustion during startup can cause some carbon carryover,
 which may result in a sticky particulate.   This situation creates the
 potential  for fires in the fabric filter when a combustion source and an
 adequate oxygen supply are available.   Therefore,  during startup, the
 fabric filter hoppers  that collect the particulate should be emptied
 continually.   More  importantly,  unstable combustion  conditions during
 startup  should be minimized by going through  proper  incinerator  startup
 procedures.
      4.5.2.2.2  Normal  operating procedures.  Under  normal  conditions,
 operation  of the fabric  filter is  straightforward.   The operator has to do
 very little other than monitor the key parameters, as discussed  later in
 Section  4.5.2.4.  Combustion gas flow rate  through the system must be
 maintained at the level necessary  to maintain negative draft in  the
 combustion chambers.
     4.5.2.2.3   Shutdown  procedures.  The top priority during shutdown of a
 fabric filter is avoiding dewpoint  conditions.  Bag cleaning and hopper
 emptying are lower-priority items.
     When  processes operate on a daily cycle, the last  operation of  the
 day  should be to purge moisture and acidic materials  from the fabric
 filter without passing through the dewpoint.  In the case of a hospital
waste incinerator,  the operator should leave the secondary chamber burner
on for a few minutes after combustion is  completed to remove moisture  from
the fabric filter.   Ambient air could then  be drawn through the  system to
purge the remaining  combustion  products.
                                   4-51

-------
     After shutdown, the fabric filter should be allowed to go through a
complete bag cleaning cycle.  This procedure will help prevent blinding of
the bags.  Additionally, continuing to operate the hopper discharge system
while the cleaning system is in operation will minimize the potential of
hopper pluggage.
     When emergency conditions are encountered such as high temperatures,
spark detection, or other process upsets, the fabric filter is usually
bypassed to prevent damage to the system.  If a fire occurs in the hopper,
the addition of water under oxygen-starved conditions is not advisable
because the water will hydrolyze forming hydrogen and causing the
potential for an explosion inside the fabric filter.  Both the fabric
filter manufacturer and insurance carrier should be contacted whenever a
known potential for fires/explosions exists.
     Other process failures may necessitate only temporary bypassing of
the fabric filter, and operation can be restored in a matter of minutes.
In these cases, the fabric filter generally does not have to be shut down
completely and purged.  If the upset cannot be corrected within a
reasonable amount of time, however, shutdown and the subsequent startup of
the fabric filter may then be necessary to prevent dewpoint problems.
     It is important to note that bypassing the fabric filter during
startup, soot blowing, or an emergency may not be acceptable to the
applicable regulatory agency.  Such occurrences should be investigated and
addressed during the design stages of development.
     4.5.2.3  Automatic Controls.  Operating parameters which are
controlled automatically for fabric filter control systems include the bag
cleaning cycle and the ash removal system.
     The combustion gas flow rate through the system also can be
controlled automatically.  Control is achieved by adjusting fan rpm's
(variable speed fans) or fan static pressure by way of a damper.  Proper
gas flow through the system must be maintained to assure sufficient
negative draft in the combustion chambers.  Reduction of the gas stream
temperature to the fabric filter typically is achieved by passing the
combustion gases through a waste heat boiler.  Temperature monitoring
systems are available that will  cause automatic bypass of the fabric
filter under high temperature conditions.
                                   4-52

-------
       4-5.2.4  Monitoring.   A  well-designed and maintained fabric filter
  should  provide adeguate  control  of  particulate matter emissions.
  Parameters  that can  be monitored to maintain optimum performance include
  opacity,  pressure  drop,  fan motor amperage,  and temperature.
       Opacity readings can help to determine  the presence  of pinholes  and
  tears in  bags and, in some  cases, the general  location of the  bag
  failure.  These visible  emissions are usually  the first indicator of  poor
  fabric  filter performance.  The  failed  bags  should be replaced as
  necessary.
       The  pressure drop across the fabric filter  is another indicator  of
  poor  performance.  A high pressure drop outside  the normal operating  range
  may indicate  inadequate cleaning of the fabric,  bag blinding,  or excessive
  gas volume through the system.   In some cases, the pressure drop before
  and after cleaning increases steadily as the bags age.  Excessively low
  pressure drop may indicate inadequate filter cake formation resulting from
  too frequent cleaning.
      When used in conjunction  with the pressure drop across the fabric
 filter,  measurement of  fan motor  amperage also can provide an  indication
 of the gas flow rate.  In general, an increase in current  combined with an
 increase in  pressure  drop indicates  an increase in gas volume,  and a
 decrease in  amperage  reflects  a decrease in gas volume.  These  changes,
 however, must be normalized  for temperature (density)  changes because
 temperature  influences the energy required  to move the gas through  the
 system.
     High-temperature operations  such  as hospital waste incinerators
 should be  equipped with continuous strip chart  recorders and high-
 temperature alarms.   The  high-temperature alarms  should provide some
 margin for corrective action,  i.e.,  set  points  of 50° to 75°F below the
 high temperature  limit of the fabric.  The  temperature alarm/recorder  also
 may be connected  to an automatic damper  system  to control  the temperature
 or to  bypass the  fabric filter.  Although some differential between the
maximum temperature and the alarm activation must be provided,  the
temperature set point should  not be so low that the alarm  is continually
activated.  The temperature indicator also will  monitor against
excessively low temperatures  and  dewpoint problems.
                                   4-53

-------
 4.5.3  Spray Dryers7*
28
      4.5.3.1  Key Operating Parameters.  The key parameters  that  are
 necessary for effective operation of a spray dryer are  slurry  feed  rate,
 slurry sorbent content, and the outlet gas wet and dry  bulb
 temperatures.  Effective operation of a spray dryer system requires that
 adequate sorbent is provided in the slurry for reaction with the  acid
 gases and that all slurry moisture is evaporated in a time frame  that
 allows for reaction with the acid gases.   Drying that is too rapid can
 reduce acid gas collection efficiency.   Drying that is too slow will
 result in solids buildup on the sides of  the reaction vessel  that will
 further impede drying.  The liquid slurry feed rate and sorbent content
 should be balanced with the hot flue  gas  volume and acid gas  content to
 ensure the desired removal  of  acid gases  and the  timely evaporation of all
 water.   The recommended slurry sorbent  content  is  5 to 20 percent by
 weight solids.   The  slurry  moisture added  to the  flue  gas serves to cool
 and  increase  the moisture content  of  the gas stream.   The difference
 between  the wet  bulb and dry bulb  temperatures  gives an  indication of  the
 saturation of the gas  stream and the  potential  for  evaporation  of  the
 slurry moisture.   As the slurry feed  rate is  increased,  the wet bulb and
 dry  bulb temperature difference will  decrease.  The recommended wet
 bulb/dry bulb outlet gas temperature difference (for Municipal  Solid Waste
 Systems) is 30° to 80°C (90° to 180°F).28
     4-5.3.2  Spray Dryer Operation.  The design specifications  for  the
 dry  scrubber should identify the sorbent-to-water ratio for the mix
 tank.  The sorbent content should be set at a level that will  provide
 ample sorbent for the range of  acid gas  concentration expected to occur.
 Proper operation of the dry scrubber requires that the operator adjust the
 slurry flow rate to the atomizer in the  reaction vessel to maintain an
 acceptable wet bulb/dry bulb temperature difference.  If the wet bulb/dry
bulb temperature difference  is  too  low,  the  slurry feed should be
decreased.
                                   4-54

-------
       4.5.3.2.1  Spray dryer startup.   Startup of a spray dryer should
  follow procedures that ensure evaporation of all slurry moisture in the
  reaction  vessel  and that prevent  condensation of moisture in the fabric
  filter.   One  method of ensuring evaporation and prevention of condensation
  in  the fabric filter is to  use auxiliary  fuel  firing in the incinerator to
  bring  the exhaust gas temperature up  to the normal  operating range before
  injecting the slurry.   Slurry injection should  be initiated before
  charging  the  incinerator with waste feed  material.   An  alternative method
  would  be  to gradually increase the slurry feed  rate  during  startup to
  maintain  a 90° to 180°F wet bulb/dry  bulb  temperature differential.
      4.5.3.2.2  Spray  dryer shutdown.  Proper shutdown  procedures  for spray
  dryers should ensure  that no  liquid moisture remains in the  spray  dryer or
  that condensation  in  the fabric filter does not cause bag blinding or
  corrosion.  Slurry remaining  in the system after  shutdown can cause solids
  buildup.  Also, the reaction products resulting from the neutralization of
  the acid gases include highly corrosive salts such as NaCl and CaCl2.
 After the waste material in the incinerator has been combusted, auxiliary
 fuel firing  should be used to maintain temperatures above saturation until
 all  sorbent  is purged from the system.  To prevent bag blinding and
 reaction product  salt corrosion that  could occur in the  presence of
 condensation,  the fabric filter should go  through a complete cleaning
 cycle to remove the filter cake after  shutdown of the incinerator and
 spray dryer.
      4.5.3.3   Automatic Control.  The  most important  key parameter from  a
 control  standpoint is  the slurry feed  rate.   The slurry  feed rate
 determines the amount  of sorbent available for acid gas  collection  (along
 with  the sorbent content of the slurry) and  the  outlet gas wet bulb/dry
 bulb  temperatures.   Slurry feed rate can be  automatically controlled  in
 response to monitoring  of HC1  outlet gas concentration or wet bulb/dry
 bulb  temperature.   In  less complex systems, the  slurry sorbent content is
 fixed and the  slurry feed is automatically  increased or decreased in
 response to the outlet gas temperatures.  Under conditions of low inlet
 HC1 concentrations these systems will  use excessive amounts of sorbent.
More complex  systems are available  that automatically adjust the sorbent
feed to the slurry mix tank in response to  HC1 concentration and slurry
feed rate to  the atomizer in response  to outlet gas temperatures.

                                   4-55

-------
      4-5.3.4  Monitoring.   Spray dryer parameters which can be monitored
 by the operator include:
      1.   Sorbent feed to  the mix tank;
      2.   Slurry feed rate  to the atomizer;
      3.   Gas inlet temperature;
      4.   Gas outlet wet bulb and dry bulb temperature;  and
      5.   HC1 and S02 outlet gas concentrations.
 The most important parameters are the outlet gas HC1  concentration which
 indicates the performance  of the unit and the outlet  gas  wet bulb/dry bulb
 temperatures which determine evaporation rate.   As  explained earlier, the
 evaporation rate is important to ensure that adequate absorption time is
 available for acid gas  removal  and that all  moisture  is evaporated prior
 to  leaving the reaction vessel.

 4.5.4 Dry Injection

      4.5.4.1  Key  Operating  Parameters.   The key operating parameters for
 a dry injection  system  are the  sorbent  injection rate and the particle
 size  of  the  sorbent.  The sorbent  injection  rate should provide  adequate
 sorbent  for  neutralization of the  acid gases  and is dependent on the  acid
 gas content  of the  flue gas.  The  sorbent feed rate for dry  injection
 systems  is usually  three to four times the stoichiometric requirements.27
      The  acid gas/sorbent reaction requires that the acid gas come in
 physical  contact with the surface of the solid sorbent particles.  To
 maximize  the efficiency of the collection process it is  necessary to
 maximize  the surface area of the sorbent material.  Because the surface
 area-to-volume ratio increases with decreasing particle  size, acid gas
 removal efficiency  increases with the decreasing  particle  size of the
 sorbent.  Generally, the sorbent feed should have a  particle  size where
90 percent by weight will  pass through a 325 mesh screen.28
     4.5.4.2  Dry Injection Operation.  Dry injection  systems are
relatively simple to operate compared to spray drying  systems.   The
particle size of the sorbent should be specified  to  the  supplier.  To
ensure that the particles do not agglomerate prior to  injection,  the
airflow rate in the pneumatic transfer line should be  set  and maintained
                                   4-56

-------
 at the manufacturer's specified rate.  Proper airflow  in the pneumatic
 line will fluidize the sorbent particles and prevent agglomeration.
 Sorbent injection rates for dry injection systems, as  stated above, are
 usually three to four times stoichiometric requirements.  The large amount
 of extra sorbent can handle moderate variations in inlet acid gas
 concentrations.  For systems that are not equipped with outlet acid gas
 continuous monitors, the sorbent injection rate can be set at a constant
 level  or varied with flue gas flow rate.   If the system is equipped with
 an outlet monitor for HC1, the sorbent injection can be varied as needed.
      4.5.4.2.1  Dry injection startup.  There are no special  considerations
 for dry injection startup.  At startup of the incinerator,  sorbent
 injection can be initiated.
      4.5.4.2.2  Dry injection shutdown.   The only special  concern for
 shutdown of  a dry injection  system is to  put the fabric filter  through  a
 cleaning cycle after sorbent injection is stopped.   This prevents possible
 blinding from condensation and reaction product  salt damage to  the fabric
 filter  components.
     4.5.4.3  Automatic control.   Dry injection  systems can be equipped
 with outlet  gas  HC1  continuous  monitors.  The sorbent injection rate can
 be controlled  automatically  based on  the  outlet  HC1 concentration.
     4.5.4.4  Monitoring.  Dry  injection  system  parameters which  can be
 monitored by the operator  include:
     1.  Sorbent injection rate;
     2.  Pneumatic transfer  line airflow rate;
     3.  Flue gas flow rate;  and
     4.  HC1  and S02 outlet gas concentrations.

4.6  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 4
 1.  Ontario  Ministry of  the  Environment.   Incinerator  Design  and
     Operating Criteria,  Volume II  - Biomedical  Waste  Incinerators.
     October  1986.
 2.   McRee, R.   Operation  and Maintenance  of  Controlled-Air
     Incinerators.   Ecolaire  Combustion Products.  (Undated)
 3.   U.  S.  Environmental Protection  Agency Office of Solid Waste.   EPA
     Guide for Infectious  Waste Management, EPA/530-SW-86-014  (NTIS
     PB  86-199130).   May 1986.                                 *
                                   4-57

-------
  4.  Letter from Ken Wright, John Zink Company, to J.  Eddinqer
      U. S. EPA.  January 25, 1989.                            '


  5.  Personal conversation between R. Neulicht, Midwest Research
      Institute, and J. Kidd, Cleaver-Brooks.  February 22, 1989.

  6.  Personal conversation with representatives of the National Solid
      Waste Management Association.  December 15, 1988.

  7.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Municipal Waste Combustion
      Study:  Combustion Control of Organic Emissions, EPA/530-SW-87-021C
      (NTIS PB87-206090).  June 1987.


  8.  Ecolaire Combustion Products, Inc.   Technical  Paper:   Controlled Air
      Incineration.   (Undated)


  9.  Simonds  Incinerators.   Operation and Maintenance Manual  for Models
      751B, 1121B,  and 2151B.   January 1985.

 10.  Ecolaire Combustion Products, Inc.   Equipment  Operating  Manual  for
      Model No.  480E.


 11.   John  Zink  Company.   Standard  Instruction Manual:   John Zink/Comtro
      A-22G General  Incinerator  and One-Half  Cubic Yard Loader.

 12.   Brunner, C.   Incineration  Systems Selection and  Design.  Van  Nostrand
      Reinhold.  p.  22.   1984.


 13.   Personal conversation between Roy Neulicht, Midwest Research
      Institute  and  Larry Doucet, Doucet and Mainka Consulting Engineers.
      November 29, 1989.


 14.   Doucet, L. C.  Controlled-Air Incineration:  Design, Procurement,  and
      Operational Considerations.  American Hospital Association Technical
      Series, Document No. 055872.  January 1986.

 15.  Air Pollution Control District of Los Angeles County.   Air Pollution
     Engineering Manual, AP-40.  (NTIS PB 225132).   U. S. Environmental
     Protection Agency.  May 1973.

 16.  American Society for Testing and Materials.  ASTM Standard
     01709-75.  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  1975.

 17.  Consumat Systems, Inc.   Technical Data Sheet.   (Undated)

 18.  Ecolaire Combustion Products,  Inc.   Equipment  Operating Manual for
     Model  No. 2000TES.

19.  Personal  conversation between  Roy Neulicht,  Midwest Research
     Institute,  and Steve Shuler, Ecolaire Combustion  Products.
                                   4-58

-------
 20.  Ashworth, R.  Batch Incinerators—Count Them In.  Technical paper
      prepared for the National Symposium of Infectious Wastes
      Washington, D.C.  May 1988.

 21.  Cross, F. and J. Tessitoire.   Incineration of Hospital Infectious
      Waste.  Pollution Engineering.   November 1988.

 22.  Engineering Manual  With Operation and Maintenance Instructions
      Anderson 2000,  Inc.   Peachtree  City, Georgia.   (Undated)

 23.  Joseph,  J.  and  0.  Beachler.   APTI Course  SI:412C,  Wet  Scrubber Plan
      Review - Self Instructional Guidebook.   EPA 450/2-82-020.   U   S
      Environmental Protection Agency.   March  1984.

 24.  U. S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.  Wet Scrubber Inspection and
      Evaluation  Manual.   EPA  340/1-83-022.   (NTIS PB85-149375)
      September 1983.

 25.   U. S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.  Fabric Filter  Inspection and
      Evaluation  Manual.   EPA  340/1-84-002.  (NTIS PB86-237716)
      February  1984.                                          '*

 26.  Beachler, D.S.  APTI Course SI:412, Baghouse Plan Review.  U. S
     Environmental Protection Agency,  EPA-450/2-82-005.  April 1982.

27.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Operation and Maintenance
     Manual for Fabric Filters, EPA/625/1-86/020.  June 1986.

28.  Richards Engineering, Air Pollution Source Field Inspection Notebook:
     Revision 2.   Prepared for the  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Air Pollution Training Institute.   June 1988.
                                  4-59

-------
                               5.0  MAINTENANCE

      Efficient operation of a hospital waste incinerator and any
 associated air pollution control device requires an aggressive preventive
 maintenance (PM)  program.  Effective maintenance will prolong the service
 life of the equipment, reduce the frequency of upset conditions and air
 pollution episodes,  and save the hospital  money by avoiding costly
 repairs.  Information on the types and frequency of equipment inspections
 and maintenance procedures for incinerators, wet scrubbers, and fabric
 filters-is provided  in this chapter.  The  information provided represents
 only general  guidance and should not be substituted for tne equipment
 manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule.   Recordkeeping,  which is
 an important  part of  a PM program is mentioned  briefly below and  is
 discussed more fully  in Chapter 8.   Records of  maintenance  activities can
 help pinpoint  problems and show trends in  maintenance activities  that may
 increase the  life of  the equipment  and minimize emissions.

 5.1  HOSPITAL  WASTE INCINERATORS

      Typically, the incinerator  operator does not perform PM but makes
 hourly  and  daily  inspections  to  ensure proper operation of  the  incinerator
 and its  air pollution  control  device  and the identification of  potential
 problems.   The hospital's maintenance.department performs PM on the
 incinerator on a  set schedule  and corrects  any  potential problems
 identified  by the operator.  At  some  hospitals, the maintenance department
 performs PM on a work order system.1   In practice, minimizing the number
 of  PM items per work order ensures that PM  is performed properly and with
 less downtime.L
     Because of the diversity  in both size and design of hospital  waste
 incinerators,  specific recommendations on PM practices and  frequency that
would be applicable to all units are impossible to make.  Also, as noted
above, the manufacturer's or vendor's recommended PM schedule for  a
particular unit should be followed,  and the information presented  here
should only be used to supplement, not replace,  that schedule.  In
general, however,  PM  activities for  any hospital waste incinerator involve
                                   5-1

-------
 inspection, cleaning, and lubrication of incinerator components on a
 regular basis.  Table 5-1 presents a typical PM program for a hospital
 waste incinerator.  Note that both the components listed on the table for
 maintenance and the maintenance frequency will vary depending on the type
 and amount of waste being incinerated and the type of incinerator used.
 The sections below discuss the items on Table 5-1 in greater detail and
 are organized according to hourly/daily maintenance, weekly/biweekly
 maintenance, and monthly/semiannual  maintenance.

 5.1.1  Hourly/Daily Maintenance

      The hourly maintenance  activities  described  in  Table  5-1  are simple
 inspections  that are applicable to  large,  continuous-feed  incinerators.
 These large  units may be  equipped with  a water quench pit  and  an ash
 removal  conveyor system that  continuously  removes  ash from the
             2
 incinerator.    The operator must routinely replenish the water in the
 quench  pit because water  is constantly  removed  by  evaporation  and by the
 ash  removal  system.  »   The water quench pit  is used to quench  or
 extinguish the  hot ash  as  it  is removed  from  the  incinerator and  to
 provide  an air  seal  for the ash removal  conveyor.3   Therefore,  it  is
 essential that  sufficient water be available.   In  addition, the operator
 should check the  ash  removal conveyor system  frequently to remove any
 debris that could  cause it to jam.3  Small, batch-feed incinerators will
 likely have neither  a water quench pit nor an automatic ash removal
 conveyor system.
     Daily maintenance activities involve checking the operation of any
 opacity, oxygen, and CO monitors.  These monitors  indicate whether the
 operating/combustion conditions of the incinerator are within an
 acceptable range; for some units, the oxygen monitor may also be used to
 control the combustion air rate.  Before the incinerator is started up,
 the opacity monitor and the CO monitor should read 0 percent opacity and
0 parts per million (ppm), respectively.  The oxygen monitor should read
about 21 percent oxygen (ambient air).   If these monitors  are equipped  to
conduct for daily calibration checks, the calibration checks should be
conducted and the calibration values  noted  to assure  that  they  are in  the
                                   5-2

-------
        TABLE 5-1.  TYPICAL MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/CLEANING/LUBRICATION
                     SCHEDULE FOR  A HOSPITAL  WASTE INCINERATOR^
 Activity
 frequency
Incinerator component
Procedure
 Hourly        Ash  removal  conveyor
               Water quench pit
 Da i I y         Opac i ty  mon i tor

               Oxygen monitor
               ThermocoupIes
               Underfire air ports
               Limit  switches

               Door seals

               Ash  pit/internal  dropout sump

 Weekly        Heat recovery boiler tubes

               Blower intakes

               Burner flame rods  (gas-fired
                units)
               U.V.  scanner flame sensors
               Swing latches and  hinges
              Hopper door  support pins
              Ram feeder  carriage wheels
              Heat  recovery induced-draft
                fans

BiweeKly      HydrauIic systems

              Ash removal conveyor bearings
              Fuel  trains and burners

              Control panels
Monthly      External surface of
                incinerator and stack
                                  Inspect and  clean as required
                                  Inspect water  level and fill as required
                                  Check operation of the opacity monitor and
                                    check exhaust for visible emissions
                                  Check operation of the oxygen monitor
                                  Check operation of the thermocouples
                                  Inspect and clean as required
                                  Inspect for freedom of operation and
                                    potential obstructing debris
                                  Inspect  for wear,  closeness of fit,  and
                                    air Ieakage
                                 Clean after each shift on  batch  units that
                                    do not have continuous ash conveyor
                                    cleaning system
                                  Inspect and clean  as  required.   (Clean
                                    weekly for 6 weeks  to determine optimum
                                    cleaning schedule.)
                                  Inspect for accumulations  of  lint, debris;
                                   clean  as required
                                 Inspect  and clean  as required

                                 Inspect  and clean  as required
                                 Lubricate
                                 Lubricate
                                 Lubricate
                                 Inspect  and clean  fan housing as required.
                                   Check  for corrosion and V-belt drives
                                   and chains for tension and wear
                                 Check hydraulic fluid level and add  the
                                   proper replacement fluid  as required.
                                   Investigate sources of fluid leakage
                                 Lubricate
                                 Inspect  and clean as required.   Investi-
                                   gate sources of fuel  leakage as required
                                 Inspect  and clean as required.   Keep  panel
                                   securely closed and  free  of  dirt to pre-
                                   vent electrical malfunction
                                 Inspect external  "hot"  surfaces.  White
                                  spots or discoloration may indicate loss
                                  of refractory
                                                                                 (continued)
                                            5-3

-------
                                TABLE  5-1.   (continued)
 Activity
 frequency     Incinerator component
                                   Procedure
       y
 continued
Semi-
annual ly
 Refractory
              Internal  ram faces
              Upper/secondary  combustion
                chamber
 Large combustion air blowers
   and heat recovery induced
   draft fans  (those fans whose
   bearings are not sealed)

 Hydraulic cylinder clevis and
   trunnion attachments to all
   moving components

 Burner pi lots

 Hot external  surfaces


 Ambient external  surfaces


Chains
 Inspect and repair minor wear  areas  with
   plastic refractory material

 Inspect for wear.   These stainless steel
   faces may wear out and may require
   replacement  in 1  to 5  years  depending on
   serv i ce

 Inspect and vacuum  any particulate matter
   that  has  accumulated on the  chamber
   floor

Lubricate
                                                Lubricate
Inspect and adjust as required

Inspect and paint with high-temperature
  paint as required

Inspect and paint with equipment  enamel  as
  requ i red

Inspect and brush clean as  required.
  Lubricate
                                           5-4

-------
 proper range.  If not, maintenance personnel should be informed.  An
 additional check for the opacity monitor is to observe the stack emissions
 and compare the observation to the opacity monitor reading.  For example,
 if the opacity monitor, which normally reads below 5 percent, reads
 25 percent, and a simple check of the exhaust stack shows an opacity of
 0 percent, then something is wrong with the opacity monitor.
      The thermocouples that indicate the temperature of the primary and
 secondary chambers should also be checked daily/  It is essential  that
 these thermocouples be operating properly because the temperature
 monitored by these thermocouples typically is the parameter that controls
 the combustion airflow into the incinerator (controlled-air units)  and
 burner operation.    The temperature readings should be ambient  prior to
 incinerator startup.   A thermocouple problem may  be indicated if the
 operator notices a significant change in startup  conditions,  i.e.,  if
 significantly more auxiliary fuel  is required than  normal,  or if it  takes
 significantly longer  to heat the incinerator than normal/   Also, a
 noticeable change  in  response time  of the thermocouple is an  indication of
 problems.   Unfortunately,  there is  no simple way  to check the accuracy  of
 a  thermocouple;  either the  thermocouple  must be removed and tested or a
 second  thermocouple must  be inserted  in  a second  thermocouple port,  if
 available.
      The  remaining daily maintenance  activities involve inspection for
 slagging  and  plugging  (underfire air  ports);  inspection for obstructing
 debris  (e.g.,  limit switches  on charging  doors, charging rams, hopper
 doors, etc.);  inspection of door seals for wear, closeness of fit, and air
 leakage; and  cleaning  the ash from the hearth on batch and intermittent-
 duty  incinerators.1*  The underfire air ports must be kept clean so that
 the proper amount of underfire air can reach the burning waste in a well
distributed manner.  Limit switches must be kept clear of debris because
they control the proper adjustment of the charging door and  the ram feeder
 (if installed).   Proper functioning of charging door and hopper/ram limit
switches is essential  because these switches ensure  that the doors are
fully opened/closed at the proper times and help prevent excessive air in-
leakage to the incinerator during charging and operation.2   Improperly
sealed doors, which result in excessive air leakage, will  not  only affect
                                   5-5

-------
  incinerator operation,  but also may result in more severe maintenance
  requirements (damage to seals or warpage due to excessive heat), as well
  as  causing a fire/safety hazard.  Finally, the ash typically is allowed to
  cool  overnight and  is removed from the hearth on batch  and intermittent-
  duty  incinerators the day after the burn.1

  5.1.2  Weekly/Biweekly  Maintenance"

       Some  of  the large  hospital  waste  incinerators  (20 to  25 tons waste/d)
 may employ a  waste heat  recovery boiler  to produce  steam for use in  the
 hospital.   When first installed, the heat  recovery  boiler tubes should be
 cleaned weekly.  The first indication of fouled tubes on the gas side will
 be the gradual increase of boiler outlet gas temperature.  All blower
 intakes and the heat recovery induced-draft fan housing  should be
 inspected weekly and cleaned as required.  The burner flame rods (gas-
 fired units) or ultraviolet scanner flame sensors (other units) sjiould
 also be inspected weekly and cleaned as required.  The swing latches and
 hinges, the hopper door  support pins, and the ram feed carriage wheels
 should all  be lubricated weekly.
      The biweekly maintenance items include the inspection of the fuel
 trains, burners,  and  control  panels.  These pieces  of  equipment should
 also be cleaned as required.   Any sources of  fuel  leakage  should be
 investigated.   The hydraulic  fluid  level  should  be  checked  on all
 hydraulic systems, and the appropriate  replacement  fluid should be added
 as needed.   Only  the  fluid  recommended  by the manufacturer  should be  used
 because other  fluids  may  damage  the  hydraulic seals.  The ash removal  con-
 veyor  bearings on large  incinerators  should be lubricated biweekly.

 5.1.3   Monthly/Semiannual Maintenance"

     On a monthly basis,  the incinerator operator should  inspect the
external hot surfaces of  both the incinerator vessels and stack for white
spots or other discoloration that may indicate a loss of  refractory
inside.  Additionally, whether white spots are evident  or not, the
refractory lining inside  the incinerator should be inspected for wear
                                   5-6

-------
  areas  and any buildup of ash or metal oxides such as calcium, potassium,
  and sodium.   Any minor wear areas in the refractory should be repaired
  using  plastic refractory material.   The metal oxides can cause a marked
  decrease  in  the softening temperature of the refractory that effectively
  reduces the  operating temperature range.  Any ash and metal  oxide buildup
  should be washed off only after the  incinerator has cooled to avoid
  damaging  the refractory if the  temperature of the wash water is
  significantly different from that of  the refractory.
      Large incinerators may be  equipped  with internal  ash  rams that push
  burning waste from one  hearth to  the  next.   The rams  typically are  made  of
  refractory material  with the exception of  the front face of  the  ram, which
  is made of stainless  steel.   These stainless steel ram  faces  should  be
  inspected  for wear and  damage each month initially until an optimum
  inspection schedule  can be  established.  The ram  faces  may last  from
  1 year to 5 years depending  upon the type of  service in which they are
 used.
      In controlled-air  incinerators,  the primary chamber is operated at
 less than stoichiometric air (starved-air) conditions, which minimizes the
 amount  of  fly ash carryover to the secondary  (excess-air) chamber.
 However,  in multiple-chamber (excess-air) designs, carryover of fly ash to
 the secondary chamber should be  expected; the carryout of carryover will
 depend  on  the amount  of excess air at  which the primary chamber is
 operating. Therefore, a monthly inspection and cleaning schedule for the
 secondary  chamber is  appropriate for multiple-chamber  units but may  be
 unnecessary for controlled-air units.  Manufacturers of  controlled-air
 units specify vacuuming  ash from the secondary chamber  at least every
 6 months.   Therefore,  an effective cleaning  schedule for these units  may
 be every 3 to  4  months until  an  optimum cleaning schedule can be
 established.
     Large  fans  (those that  do not have sealed bearings) and the  hydraulic
cylinder clevis  and trunnion  attachments should  be lubricated monthly.
Lastly,  the burner pilots should be inspected  and adjusted as required.
     The semiannual maintenance activities include the inspection of all
hot external surfaces, all ambient external surfaces, and any conveyor
chains.   All external   surfaces should  be cleaned; high-temperature paint
                                   5-7

-------
 should be applied to hot surfaces,  and equipment enamel  should be applied
 to ambient surfaces as required.   The chains should be brushed clean if
 necessary and lubricated.

 5.2  WET SCRUBBERS5'7

      Table 5-2 presents a  typical maintenance inspection,  cleaning,  and
 lubrication schedule for a wet  scrubber.   As with incinerators,  the
 frequency with which these activities take place will  depend  on  a number
 of variables including the size and  complexity of the  scrubber,  the  number
 of hours per day  it operates, and the volume and pollutant concentration
 of the exhaust gas  it handles.  In addition, not all of  the maintenance
 activities listed in Table 5-2  will  be required at  each  scrubber
 installation.   The  type and frequency of maintenance activities  will
 depend in large part on the scrubber vendor's  recommendations  and the
 experience of  personnel  with the unit.

 5.2.1   Daily/Weekly Maintenance

     The daily maintenance activities  described  in Table 5-2 are  simple
 inspections  that  are  applicable to all  scrubbers.  Most of  these
 inspections  involve checking various  components for proper  operation and
 fluid  leakage.  These  inspections should be  carried out after the  scrubber
 has been  started  up and  prior to startup of  batch-feed incinerators so
 that any  necessary repairs can be made before the scrubber  has to control
 emissions.   Scrubbers controlling continuous-feed incinerators should be
 inspected while both units are in operation.
     Failure of components such as the scrubber liquid pump and variable
 throat activator  (on venturi scrubbers) will cause the scrubber to be
 ineffective  in controlling emissions from the incinerator.   In such cases,
 the incinerator may have to be shut down depending on both  the severity of
the problem and any State regulations concerning operation  of  the
 incinerator without its attendant  air pollution control device.  Liquid
 leakage from these components  also can have a detrimental effect  on the
performance of wet scrubbers.   The sources  of such leaks  should be
 investigated and repaired as required.

                                   5-8

-------
  TABLE  5-2.   TYPICAL  MAINTENANCE  INSPECTION/CLEANING/LUBRICATION SCHEDULE
                                    FOR A WET  SCRUBBER
  Inspec-
  tion
  frequency
  Component
  Procedure
 Daily
 Weekly
 Monthly
Semi-
annual ly
  Scrubber  liquid  pump



  Variable  throat  activator

  Scrubber  liquid  lines

  Mist eliminator  pressure lines

  Reagent feed system

  Fan

  Fan bearings

  Fan belt3

  Fan


 Scrubber liquid pump


 Damper air purge system

 Duct work

 Fan and motor  bearings


 Fan blades and  internal
   housing


 Drain chain  drive mechanism


 Pipes and  manifolds


 Dampers

 Spray bars


 Pressure gauges

 Main body of scrubber
Fan, pump, motor, and drag
  chain bearings and gear
  reducers

FIowmeters

Damper drive mechanism

Damper seals, bearings,
  blades,  blowers
  Check for proper operation and  leakage.
    Investigate sources of  fluid  leakage and
    repair as required.

  Check for proper operation and  leakage.

  Check for leakage.   Repair as required.

  Check for leakage.   Repair as required.

  Check for leakage.   Repair as required.

  Check for vibration  and proper operation.

  Check for abnormal noise.

  Check for abnormal noise.

  Check oil  level, oil color, oil  tempera-
   ture,  and  lubricate.

  Check oil  level and  lubricate pump motor
   bearings.

  Check for proper operation.

  Inspect for leakage.

  Inspect for leaks, cracks,  and  loose
   f ittings.

  Inspect for material  buildup and clean as
   required.  Inspect for abrasion  and cor-
   rosion and repair  as required.

 Check chain tension,  sprocket wear and
   alignment,  and  oil  level.

 Inspect for piugging/leak ing and
   clean/repair  as  required.

 Check for leakage.

 Inspect  for nozzle wear and plugging and
   clean  as  required.

 Check  for  accuracy.

 Inspect  for material  buildup and clean  as
   required.  Inspect for abrasion  and
   corrosion and repair as  required.

 Inspect clearances and wear, pitting, and
   scoring.  Inspect for leaks, cracks, and
   loose fittings.

Check  for accuracy.

Check for proper operation and alignment.

Check for wear and leakage.
 Check fan belt tension whenever fan is  out of
                                             service.
                                           5-9

-------
       Fans  in wet  scrubber service operate under  substantially more  severe
 conditions than those serving dry systems because humid conditions  enhance
 the possibility of condensation of acids on the  fan and fan housing.   In
 the case of hospital waste incinerators, scrubbers and fans are likely to
 experience hydrochloric acid mist as a result of the combustion of
 chlorinated plastic material.  Therefore, acid-resistant materials  should
 be used in the construction of the scrubber interior and more frequent
 cleaning of the fan system serving the scrubber should be practiced.
 Unusual noise or vibration from any part of the fan system, including the
 bearings or belt,  may indicate that replacement is necessary.
      The weekly maintenance items include more inspections of  components.
 The fan and the scrubber liquid pump oil  levels should be checked  and
 adjusted as appropriate.  Additionally,  the fan oil  temperature  and color
 should be checked.  Temperature or color  readings that are outside of the
 manufacturer's  recommended ranges may indicate excessive  wear  and/or
 contamination of the  oil.   Both the  fan and  scrubber  liquid pump bearings
 should be lubricated  weekly.

 5.2.2   Monthly/Semiannual  Maintenance

     The monthly maintenance  activities consist of additional inspections
 and appropriate corrective actions as required.   Clogged pipes,  manifolds,
 and spray nozzles  can hinder  the proper operation of the scrubber.   The
 pressure drop of the scrubber will be lower than normal if plugging  is
 experienced.  The  pressure drop is a critical  indicator of scrubber
 performance in removing particulate from the incinerator exhaust, and the
 pressure gauges should be checked and calibrated for accuracy.   Some
 regulations may require a minimum pressure drop to be achieved  across the
 venturi  to assure a minimum pollutant removal efficiency.   Therefore, it
 is important that the pressure gauges operate properly.
     The main body of the scrubber, fan blades, and internal fan  housing
are subject to buildup of particulate matter that can  adversely affect
both scrubber and fan performance.  These  components  should be  inspected
and cleaned monthly.   In  addition, these components should be inspected
for any abrasion caused by particulate matter or corrosion caused by
hydrochloric acid mist that might  adversely  affect performance.

                                   5-10

-------
      Fan and motor bearings should be  inspected for  leaks, cracks, and
 loose fittings.  Dampers and ductwork  should be checked for any air
 leakage.  Leakage of air can cause condensation of moisture and acid gases
 due to the introduction of cool ambient air.  Also, a large number of
 leaks in the ductwork will cause the induced-draft fan to pull more air,
 and the incinerator operator will have less control over the air
 introduced into the incinerator.  The drag chain drive mechanism used on
 some automatic ash removal systems should be inspected for wear, chain
 tension, and sprocket alignment.  The oil level  also should be checked on
 this component and adjusted as required.
      The semiannual  maintenance activities include inspections of all
 bearings on fans,  pumps, motors, and gear reducers for leaks,  cracks,  and
 loose fittings. Additionally, the clearances and  any wear,  pitting,  or
 scoring should be  checked on these components.   The flow meters on the
 scrubber should be checked for accuracy.   State  regulations,  in addition
 to requiring  a pressure drop,  also may  require a specific  water flow
 rate.   Therefore,  the  flow meters should  operate properly.   The damper
 drive mechanism should  be checked for proper operation and  alignment;  and
 the damper  seals,  bearings,  blades,  and blowers  should be  inspected for
 wear and  leakage.

 5.3 MAINTENANCE OF FABRIC  FILTERS8'9

     Although  the frequency  and  components of a  PM program for  a fabric
 filter system will depend on the  type of system  and the vendor's recom-
 mendations, the major components should be inspected on a routine basis,
 and  any needed maintenance should be performed.  The following  sections
 describe the daily, weekly, monthly/quarterly, and  semiannual/annual
 inspections/maintenance that are recommended.  A specific PM program
 should be established based on the manufacturer's recommendations.
Table 5-3 presents  a typical maintenance inspection, cleaning,  and
 lubrication schedule for a fabric filter.
                                   5-11

-------
   TABLE 5-3.   TYPICAL  MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/CLEANING/LUBRICATION SCHEDULE
                             FOR A FABRIC FILTER SYSTEM8**
  I nspection
  frequency
  Component
                                                      Procedure
 Daily
 Week Iy
 Monthly
Quarter Iy
Semiannually



Annually
  Stack

  Manometer



  Compressed air system


  Col lector



  Damper valves



  Rotating equipment and drives


 Dust removal  system


 FiIter bags




 Cleaning system






 Hoppers



 Shaker  mechanism

 Fans(s)



 Monitor(s)


 Inlet plenum



 Access doors

 Shaker mechanisms
Motors, fans,  etc.
Co 11ector
                                                      Check exhaust for  visible  dust.

                                                      Check and record fabric  pressure  loss
                                                        and fan static pressure.  Watch  for
                                                        trends.
  Observe all  indicators on control panel
    and  listen  to system for properly
    operating subsystems.

  Check  all  isolation, bypass, and
    c I ean i ng damper valves for
    synchronization and proper operation.

  Check  for signs of jamming,  leakage,
    broken parts, wear, etc.

  Check  to ensure that dust is beinq
    removed from the system.

  Check  for tears, holes, abrasion,
    proper fastening,  bag tension, dust
    accumulation on surface or increases
    and  folds.

 Check cleaning sequence and  cycle times
    for proper valve and  timer
   operations.   Check compressed  air
    lines including oi lers  and filters.
    Inspect shaker mechanisms  for  proper
   operation.

 Check for bridging or plugging.
    I nspect screw conveyor  tor proper
   operation  and lubrication.

 Inspect for  loose  bolts.

 Check  for corrosion and material
   buijdup and  check V-belt drives and
   chains for tension  and wear.

 Check  accuracy of  all indicating
   equipment.

 Check baffle plate for wear;  if
   appreciable  wear is evident.
   replace.  Check  for dust deposits.

 Check a 1 1 gaskets.

 Tube type— (tube hooks suspended  from a
   tubular assembly):   inspect nylon
   bushings in  shaker  bars and clevis
   (hanger) assembly for  wear.

 Channel shakers — (tube hooks  suspended
   from  a channel bar  assembly):
   inspect drill bushings in tie bars,
   shaker bars, and connecting rods for
   wear.

 Lubricate all  electric motors,  speed
   reducers, exhaust and  reverse-air
   fans, and similar equipment.

Check all bolts and welds.  Inspect
  entire collector  thoroughly,  clean,
  and touch up  paint  where  necessary.
                                            5-12

-------
 5.3.1  Daily Inspection/Maintenance

      At least twice per shift (and perhaps as often as every 2 hours),
 plume opacity (visual inspection of stack outlet) and pressure drop should
 be checked.  Sudden changes in these values along with those of
 temperature and gas volume may indicate a problem.  For example, the
 failure or partial failure of the cleaning system generally will cause a
 relatively rapid increase in pressure drop in most systems.  Timely
 identification, location, and correction of this problem can minimize
 operating problems and long-term effects on bag life.   Although
 identification and subsequent correction of relatively minor problems have
 little effect on fabric life, some minor problems tend to turn  into major
 failures.   The ability to perform on-line maintenance  depends on the
 design of  the control  equipment.
      Routine checks of the fabric filter include pressure drop  (and
 patterns  if a AP indicator and recorder are used),  plume  opacity at the
 outlet, dust discharge operation, and  external  checks  (i.e.,  visual
 inspection) of  the cleaning system operation.   Other factors  that can  be
 checked include  temperature (range) and fan motor current.   If  a  check of
 these  factors reveals  a  sudden change,  maintenance  should  be  scheduled as
 soon as possible.

 5.3.2  Weekly Inspection/Maintenance

     The extent  of  the weekly  maintenance program depends greatly on
 access and  design of the fabric filter.  Where possible, quick visual
 inspections  should  be conducted;  however, not all systems or processes are
 amenable to  this type of review.  A weekly lubrication schedule should be
 established  for most moving parts.  Manometer lines should be blown clear,
 and temperature monitors should be checked for proper operation.
     When a fabric filter is the air pollution control  device of choice
for a hospital waste incinerator,  it is almost always  a pulse-jet fabric
filter.  The following items should be checked weekly.   On the dirty side
of the tubesheet, bags should be checked for relatively thin and uniform
exterior deposits.   Bags also should be checked  for  bag-to-bag contact
                                   5-13

-------
 (points of potential bag wear).  On the clean side of the tubesheet, each
 row of bags should be examined for leakage or holes.  Deposits on the
 underside of the blowpipes and on the tubesheet may indicate a bag
 failure.  The cleaning system should be activated (the inspector should
 use hearing protection), and each row of bags should fire with a
 resounding "thud."  The blowpipes should remain secured,  and there should
 be no evidence of oil  or water in the compressed air supply.  The surge
 tank or oil/water separator blowdown valve should be opened to drain any
 accumulated water.  Misaligned blowpipes should be adjusted to prevent
 damage to the upper portion of the bag.   The  compressed air reservoir
 should be maintained at about 90 to 120  psi.
      On a weekly basis, the dust removal  system including hopper and screw
 conveyor should  be inspected to make sure that  dust  is being removed from
 the system by checking  the  conveyor for  jamming,  pluggage,  wear and  broken
 parts,  etc.   Problems with  the conveyor  system  are  indicated when the
 conveyor appears  to be  moving but no, dust is  dropping  into  the dust
 storage container,  when the conveyor  does  not move, or when  the conveyor
 makes  unusual  sounds.

 5.3.3   Monthly/Quarterly  Inspection/Maintenance

     Requirements for monthly  or  quarterly maintenance and inspection for
 fabric  filters are  very site  specific.  Clear-cut schedules  cannot be
 established for such items  as  bag replacement and general  maintenance of
 the fabric filter.  Some items, however, may warrant quarterly or monthly
 inspections, depending on site-specific factors.  Items to be checked
 include door gaskets and airlock  integrity to prevent excessive in-leakage
 (both air and water) into the enclosure.   Any defective seals should be
replaced.  Baffles or blast plates should be checked for wear and replaced
as necessary, as abrasion can destroy the baffles.  Some facilities prefer
to use fluorescent dye to check the integrity of the bags  and bag seals.
Any defective bags should be replaced, and leaking seals should be
corrected.
     Bag failures tend to occur shortly after installation and near the
end of a bag's useful life.   A record of  bag failures  and  replacements is
                                   5-14

-------
 invaluable for identifying recurrent problems and indicating when the end
 of bag life has been reached.   Initial  bag failures usually occur because
 of installation errors or bag  manufacturing defects.  When new bags are
 installed, a period with few or no bag  failures is normally expected
 unless serious design or operation problems exist.  As the bags near the
 end of their useful life, however, the  number of bag failures may increase
 dramatically.  When weighed against factors such as downtime for
 rebagglng, the cost of new bags,  and the risk of limited  incinerator
 operating time as the result of keeping the old bags in service, the most
 economical approach may be to  replace all  the bags at one time to
 eliminate or minimize failure  rate.
      In some cases, bags can be washed  or  drycleaned and  reused, e.g.,
 when dewpoint limits are approached  or  the bags are blinded  in some
 manner.  Although cleaning may shorten  bag life somewhat,  cleaning  may
 still  be more economical  than  replacement  if more  than half  a bag's
 "normal" life expectancy remains.

 5.3.4  Semi annual/Annual  Inspection/Maintenance

      Some motors  and packaged  blowers are  supplied with sealed bearings
 and,  therefore, require  no  lubrication.  Semiannual  fabric filter system
 maintenance  activities  include  the lubrication  of the  following  components
 having  nonsealed  bearings:   all electric motors, speed reducers, exhaust
 and reverse  air fans, and similar equipment.
     Annual  maintenance activities include checking  the tightness and fit
 of all  bolts  and welds on the fabric filter.  Additionally, the unit
 should  be cleaned and painted as appropriate.

 5.4  REFERENCES FOR  CHAPTER 5
 1.  Personal Conversation between Mark Turner, MRI, and William Tice, Rex
    Hospital, Raleigh, North Carolina.  August 16,  1988.
2.  Murphy, P., and Turner, M.   Report of Site Visit to Ecolaire
    Combustion Products, Charlotte, North Carolina.  July  20, 1988.
3.  Allen Consulting and Engineering, Municipal  Waste Combustion Systems
    Operation and Maintenance Study.   EPA-340/1-87-002. June 1987.
                                   5-15

-------
4.  Ecolaire Combustion  Products,  Inc.   Equipment  Operating Manual for
    Model No. 2000TES; Equipment operating manual  for  Model No. 480E.

5.  U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  Wet Scrubber  Inspection and
    Evaluation Manual, EPA  340/1-83-022.  (NTIS PB 85-149375).
    September 1983.

6.  Joseph, J. and Beachler, 0., APTI Course SI:412C,  Wet Scrubber Plan
    Review, Self-Instructional Guidebook.  U. S. Environmental Protection
    Agency.  EPA 450/2-82-020.  March 1984.

7.  Engineering Manual with Operation and Maintenance  Instructions.
    Anderson 2000, Inc.  Peachtree City, Georgia.   (Undated).

8.  U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  Operation  and Maintenance
    Manual for Fabric Filters.  EPA/625/1-86/020.  June 1986.

9.  Beachler, 0.  APTI Course SI:412, Baghouse Plan Review.   U. S.
    Environmental Protection Agency.   EPA 450/2-82-005.  April 1982.
                                  5-16

-------
                6.0   CONTROL  AND MONITORING  INSTRUMENTATION

 6.1   OPERATING  PARAMETERS THAT SHOULD  BE  MONITORED

      Proper  operation of incinerators  depends  to a large extent on certain
 operating  parameters  that are commonly monitored to provide  necessary
 information  to  properly control  the  process.   These usually  consist of:
      1.  Temperature;
      2.  Pressure;
      3.  Oxygen;
      4.  CO;
      5.  Opacity; and
      6.  Charge rate.
      Although all of  the above parameters provide  useful  information, many
 hospital incinerators monitor only temperature and pressure.   The  other
 parameters listed are sometimes monitored on larger incinerators or if
 regulatory agencies require that monitoring be conducted  (e.g., opacity).
 The temperature and oxygen level are key parameters,  and  incinerators are
 normally designed to  monitor  one or both of these  parameters to provide
 the necessary information for automatic control  of combustion  air  input
 and auxiliary fuel rates.  In order to maintain  the desired draft  in the
 incinerator, control  loops may be used to adjust incinerator draft  by
 means of barometric dampers or the induced draft fan.  The other
 parameters provide additional  information that operators can use to
 maintain proper operation (e.g., charge rate, oxygen  levels).
     Proper operation of wet  scrubber systems is dependent on several
 operating parameters  that are  commonly monitored,  usually consisting of:
     1.  Pressure and pressure drop;
     2.  Scrubber liquid flow;
     3.  Scrubber liquid pH;
     4.  Temperature.
     For venturi scrubbers, pressure  drop  is  normally monitored and
automatically controlled to a fixed  level  by  adjusting the venturi
throat.  For  venturi's and packed beds, the scrubber liquid flow is
usually established  at a constant rate  and is not automatically controlled
                                  6-1

-------
 during operation.  For both types of scrubbers, control of pH is necessary
 to prevent damage to the scrubber equipment.  Most scrubbers are designed
 to monitor and control pH automatically.  Gas flow and temperature are
 often monitored to provide operators with additional  information useful in
 maintaining proper operation by indicating potential  problems and the need
 to make manual adjustments.  Other instrumentation and control  often
 includes an automatic liquid level control for the scrubber liquid sump,
 and a temperature switch/solenoid valve to activate an emergency quench
 spray and/or an emergency bypass stack.
      For fabric filters,  the key operating parameter  which  typically is
 monitored is pressure drop across the bags.   Temperature  also is monitored
 to assure that the temperature  does not decrease  below the  dewpoint or
 increase to a level  which will  cause bag damage.
      The next section describes the typical  instrumentation used to
 monitor/control  these key parameters and briefly  discusses  its  proper use
 and operation.

 6.2  TYPICAL INSTRUMENTATION

 6.2.1  Temperature Sensors

      Thermocouples are used to  monitor  temperatures in the  combustion
 chambers  and  the air  pollution  control  system.  The thermocouples are
 always  enclosed in a  thermowell to  protect the small thermocouple wires
 and the critical thermocouple junction  from direct exposure to the
 combustion gases and entrained dust particles, etc.  Thermocouples are
 usually  located near the exit of the combustion chamber to provide a
 representative temperature reading away from the flame zone, which can
 otherwise cause erratic temperature readings as well as damage to the
 thermocouple.  Thermowells may extend several inches past the inner wall
 of the refractory into the gas stream, or may extend only to the depth of
 the refractory.  Thermowells that extend past the  refractory provide a
more accurate measure of the gas temperature and respond more quickly to
 temperature changes; however, this type also may be subject  to dust and
 slag buildup, which can slow response to temperature changes.  Generally,
                                  6-2

-------
 thermocouples  also are located upstream of the air pollution control
 system to  provide a warning or control  mechanism for high temperature
 excursions that could  damage control  equipment.
      The different types  of thermocouples are identified by the metal used
 for the thermocouple junction wires.   The most common types are listed in
 Table 6-1.   Replacement thermocouples must always be the same type as the
 original because the receiver to which  a thermocouple is connected is
 designed to receive the signal  from a specific type of thermocouple.
 Thermocouples  generate a  small  millivolt signal that increases with
 increasing temperature, but the amount  of voltage for a given temperature
 is  different for each  type  of thermocouple.   It is important to realize
 that thermocouples operate  on the basis  of a  junction between two
 different  metals that  generates only  a  small  millivolt signal.
 Consequently,  any wiring  connections  from the thermocouple  to the  receiver
 or  any  interfering electrical  signals can affect  the resulting  temperature
 reading.   This  sensitivity  necessitates  the special  shielding of the wire
 in  electrical conduit.
      Although thermocouples  typically are very reliable,  they can  fail  or
 give erroneous  readings.  For example, the thermocouple  junction or wire
 may  break after  long exposure to  high temperatures.   However, a  thermo-
 couple can  give  erroneous readings  for reasons that  are  not  as obvious  as
 a broken junction  or wire.   For example,  if mechanical vibration abrades
 the  insulation and one  of the thermocouple wires comes into  contact  with
 the  metal  wall  of  the thermowell  or other  grounded metal  surface,  an
 erroneous temperature reading will  likely  result.  As  noted  earlier,
 faulty thermocouple readings may  also be  the  result of external  condi-
 tions; for example, excessive dust buildups around a thermowell  can
 insulate it from the gas stream and result in  erroneously low temperature
 readings.   To have the  ability  to compare readings to  identify a faulty
 thermocouple, dual thermocouples are often used at nearby locations  in the
 incinerator chamber. The  second thermocouple enables continued monitoring
of temperatures while the  faulty thermocouple  is being checked or
replaced.
     Periodic replacement  of thermocouples, and checking the physical
 integrity of the thermowell  and any outer dust buildup, is probably the
                                  6-3

-------
TABLE 6-1.  THERMOCOUPLE TYPES
Type
J
E
K
S
R
B
Materials
Iron/Constantan
Chrome! /Constantan
Chrome 1/Alumel
Pt 10% Rhodium/Pure Pt
Pt 13% Rhodium/Pure Pt
Pt 30% Rhodium/Pt 6% Rhodium
Upper
temp. ,
°F
1400
1650
2300
2650
2650
3100
            6-4

-------
 best maintenance procedure.  Because it is not practical to perform a high
 temperature calibration of the thermocouple, only periodic replacement
 ensures that a properly operating thermocouple is in place.  The receiver
 should be checked periodically using calibrated equipment that produces a
 known millivolt signal  equivalent to a specific temperature reading for a
 particular type of thermocouple.   The generated signal  can be applied to
 the thermocouple leads  to check that the receiver's output produces the
 correct "temperature" reading.
      Close monitoring of temperatures is essential  to good incinerator
 operation.  It is essential,  therefore,  to identify possible thermocouple
 problems because the temperature  signal  is usually  the  primary measurement
 used for the automatic  control of auxiliary fuel  burners and combustion
 air input.  Any problem with  the  thermocouple  temperature reading can
 cause the automatic control  system to make inappropriate changes in the
 controlled variable in  an attempt to maintain  the desired (setpoint)
 temperature.

 6.2.2  Pressure

      The incinerator draft  is  measured in  units of  gauge static pressure,
 but it  is  actually a measure of the  differential  pressure (aP)  between  the
 inside  of  the  chamber and the  outside air.   Monitoring of AP can be done
 with  a  common  U-tube manometer, but  for  incineration  systems,  a
 differential pressure gauge (e.g., Magnehelic®) or  a  differential pressure
 transmitter typically is used.  All  of these instruments  use the same
 basic method to monitor  incinerator  draft.  One side  (the  high-pressure
 side) of the instrument  is always open to the ambient air; the  other  (low-
 pressure) side  is connected by tubing or piping to the incinerator.
     These types of pressure monitors also are used to measure
differential pressure across an air  pollution control system  (e.g.,
venturi scrubber throat or fabric filter baghouse).   For this application,
the low-pressure side is connected to a pressure tap in the ductwork
downstream from the control device and the high-pressure side is connected
upstream from the control device.
                                  6-5

-------
      A differential pressure transmitter contains a diaphragm with two
 tubes connected on each side of the diaphragm; the diaphragm moves or
 deflects as a result of changes in pressure.  The transmitter is designed
 so that any change or deflection causes a change in an electrical output
 signal from the transmitter.  The electrical signal is sent to the monitor
 in the control  room that indicates the incinerator draft or the pressure
 differential  across the air pollution control  system.
      Several  problems can cause faulty incinerator draft readings.
 Transmitters  used to measure AP are sensitive  devices  that can be damaged
 by excessive  vibration or sudden shocks.   The  severe hot and dirty
 conditions in the incinerator may also cause problems  such as pluggage in
 the tubing and  its connections.   When faulty incinerator pressure readings
 are suspected,  several  procedures for correcting them  can be used.  Air
 can be blown  through the tubing  to clear  any pluggage,  and a known AP  can
 be applied to the transmitter to check its response and span.
 Disconnecting any instrumentation should  be  done by experienced
 instrumentation personnel  and must be coordinated with  the operator so
 that  the appropriate instrument  can be put on manual control.  For
 example, if the incinerator's automatic control  system  maintains
 incinerator draft via  a  damper on  the ID  fan inlet  duct,  disconnecting the
 pressure tap  would  probably  cause  the ID  fan to  increase  flow  in  an effort
 to  maintain the draft  setpoint,  thereby upsetting the temperature  and
 other process operating  parameters.

 6.2.3  Oxygen Concentration1

      Some  incinerators may be equipped with oxygen analyzers to monitor
 the oxygen concentration in the combustion gases from the secondary
 combustion chamber to help ensure that adequate oxygen  is available for
 proper combustion (i.e., that the excess-air level is sufficient).  In
 some  incinerators, the oxygen levels measured by the monitor are used to
control air feed rates for control of the  combustion process.  In essence,
 lower waste feed rates require lower air feed rates in  order to maintain
essentially constant temperature and constant percent oxygen in the com-
bustion gases, so  long as the characteristics of the waste feed are the
                                  6-6

-------
  same.   However, if the composition of the feed changes (i.e.,  its heating
  value  changes), more or less air win be needed to maintain the same
  temperature and oxygen content in the combustion gases.   Thus,  the oxygen
  content is a useful  parameter to monitor and is an important control
  parameter if the incinerator is  set up to control  based  on  oxygen level
  rather than temperature.
      Oxygen monitors may  be  of two types:  in situ or  extractive.   In situ
  merely means that  the analyzer's sensor is mounted in  direct contact with
  the  gas stream.   In  an  extractive  system, the gas  sample  is  continuously
  withdrawn (extracted) from the gas  stream and directed to the analyzer
  which  may be located  several  feet  or  several  hundred feet away.
      Extractive  analyzers include  a conditioning system to remove dust and
  moisture  from the gas sample;  thus, the  oxygen concentration measurement
  is on  a dry  basis.   In  situ analyzers, on  the other hand, do not include a
  conditioning system, and the oxygen concentration measurement is on a "wet
  basis."   For the same gas stream, the oxygen measurement obtained with an
  in situ analyzer will be slightly lower  than that obtained with an
 extractive analyzer.  For example, a typical combustion gas  stream that
 contains  10 percent water vapor will yield a reading of 8 percent oxygen
 using an  in situ analyzer and a reading of 10 percent oxygen using an
 extractive analyzer.
      Regardless  of the type of analyzer, the location of  the sampling
 point is very important  to ensure that a representative sample  is
 obtained.   The monitoring  point may be in the stack,  the  combustion
 chamber exit, or other locations  within the process (e.g., duct  between
 air pollution control  system  and  the  stack).   In most cases,  the  intent is
 to monitor the combustion  gases at  the exit of the  combustion chamber  and
 that, in fact, is where  the sampling point is  often  located.  One of the
 main  problems related  to sampling location  that can occur is obtaining a
 nonrepresentative sample due to in-leakage  of  air.  For example,
 substantial air in-leakage can occur through emergency stack  dampers.  Any
 such  in-leakage affects the analyzer reading if the sample point is
 downstream of the in-leakage.   However, there are practical limitations
with regard to locating oxygen monitors.  The in situ sensor  or  probe for
extracting the sample must be  located in an environment  consistent with
                                  6-7

-------
 the monitor's design.  High temperatures, participate concentrations, and
 acid gas concentrations can have adverse effects on the monitoring system
 resulting in operational and/or maintenance problems.
      Oxygen analyzers are capable of good accuracy (±1 percent of full
 scale) as long as the actual gas to be sampled reaches the analyzer (no
 pluggage or in-leakage of air), the conditioning system (if one is
 present) is operating properly, and the instrument is calibrated.
 Electrocatalytic in situ monitors have rapid response times (i.e.,
 seconds).  The response times for polarographic and paramagnetic
 extractive analyzers are slower (several  seconds to a minute).  Extractive
 systems inherently involve longer response times, usually on the order of
 1  to 2 minutes,  depending on the sampling rate and the volume of the
 sampling line and conditioning system.
      Problems with oxygen analyzer systems may be difficult to discern
 since they commonly are associated with slowly developing pluggage in  the
 system, or small  air in-leaks, etc.   The  extractive systems should be
 checked daily by  the operators,  and  maintained and  calibrated on a weekly
 basis by the  incinerator  instrument  personnel.
      6.2.3.1   In  Situ Oxygen Analyzers.   In  situ  analyzers  provide rapid
 response to changes  in the oxygen  content  of the  gas  because  the sensor  is
 in  direct contact with the gas stream.  In most cases, the  sensing element
 is  enclosed in a  sintered stainless  steel tube, which allows  the gas to
 permeate through  the tube but  prevents  particles  in the gas stream from
 entering.  Most in situ oxygen analyzers are equipped with connections so
 that  zero gas  (nitrogen) or  calibration gas  (air) can be flushed through
 the permeable tube and  in contact with the sensing element.  Flushing
 provides  a means  of  zeroing  and spanning the analyzer, and also creates
 reverse  flow of gas  through  the permeable tube that helps to remove dust
 particles that eventually will clog the tube and slow the detector's
 response time.  Even  so, the tube periodically must be removed for
 cleaning or replaced  if warranted.
     Most in situ oxygen analyzers are of the electrocatalytic type,
 sometimes referred to as fuel-cell analyzers.  Operation of these
 analyzers is based upon an electron flow created by reaction of oxygen
with a solid zirconium oxide electrolyte.   Consequently,  manufacturers
                                  6-8

-------
 recommend  that.the sensing element  be  replaced after several  months  of
 service.
     6.2.3.2   Extractive Oxygen Analyzers.
     Extractive analyzers always involve  a  "conditioning  system"  for
 removal of water,  dust,  and sometimes  other constituents  that would
 interfere  with operation of the analyzer.   An example extractive  system is
 illustrated in Figure  6-1.   The moisture  knockout  for removal  of  water
 vapor and  the  normal connections for zeroing and calibrating  the  analyzer
 are  shown.
     The integrity of  the sample line  and the conditioning  system is
 crucial to obtaining a representative  sample and accurate results.   Any
 in-leakage of  air  can  drastically distort the reading.  As  shown  in
 Figure 6-1, the extractive  system requires  a pump  to draw the  sample gas
 continuously through the sample line,  conditioning system,  and analyzer.
 Most systems include a small rotameter (flowmeter)  which shows that  sample
 gas  is flowing through the  system.  This flowmeter is  always  one  of  the
 first items that should  be  checked  if  any problem  is suspected because
 loss of flow will  occur  if  the  pump fails or the system is  plugged.
 However, even  if the flow rate  is correct,  the measured gas concentration
 will not be correct if there is  any problem with in-leakage of air.
     Two types  of  extractive oxygen analyzers, paramagnetic and
 polarographic  analyzers,  are available  in addition  to the electrocatalytic
 type described  previously for in situ  analyzers.   Paramagnetic analyzers
 measure the oxygen concentration as the strength of  a magnetic field in
 which oxygen molecules are  present.  Oxygen  molecules are somewhat unique
 in displaying  a  permanent magnetic moment (paramagnetism), allowing oxygen
 concentration to be differentiated from the  stack gas sample.  Calibration
 is performed by monitoring  an inert gas such  as nitrogen (zero) and a gas
 of known oxygen concentration (span).  A potential  problem with this type
of analyzer is  its susceptibility to paramagnetic molecules other than
oxygen.   Nitrogen oxide and nitrogen dioxide  in particular display a high
degree of paramagnetism  (about one-half that of oxygen), but their concen-
tration is  usually low compared to that of oxygen.
     Polarographic analyzers monitor oxygen concentration  by allowing
oxygen to pass through a selective,  semi permeable membrane and react  at an
                                  6-9

-------
f
J
r
J

SECONDARY
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

Y ^
r
i
r

SAMPLE
-\
r PHUBt J~ " 1
1- FILTER -fl
BACK FLUSH
 PURGE AIR
                                 DRAIN

ZERO


SPAN


LOW

/
MID
LEVEL LEVEL
CAL CAL.
                                                                  VENT
SAMPLE
 PUMP
   Figure  6-1.   Schematic  of an extractive monitoring system.
                               6-10

-------
 electrode in an oxidation-reduction reaction.  Measuring the current
 produced by the reaction  indicates the oxygen concentration.  Improper
 conditioning of the sample gas is a potential problem with these
 analyzers, since moisture and particles will hinder performance of the
 semipermeable membrane.  Calibration is performed by zeroing with an
 oxygen-free gas (nitrogen) and spanning with a gas of known oxygen con-
 centration (e.g., air).  Furthermore, these monitors contain a liquid
 electrolyte that has a limited life span and must be replaced at regular
 intervals.

 6.2.4  Carbon Monoxide1

      Carbon monoxide (CO) analyzers are used to measure emissions of CO
 and indicate whether proper combustion conditions are being maintained.
 Carbon monoxide analyzers typically are not part of the automatic process
 control  system.  In general,  a problem with CO  levels (i.e.,  high level)
 indicates some other problem  in the process and  its control  system (e.g.,
 feed  rate or temperature).
      Location of the CO sampling  point  may  vary,  although  it  is most
 commonly in  the stack  or at the exit  of the combustion  chamber.   As with
 oxygen monitors,  CO analyzers can be  affected by  upstream  in-leakage  of
 air,  but usually not as dramatically  as oxygen monitors.
      Carbon monoxide analyzers  also may be  in situ  or extractive,  but by
 far the  most  common type  is extractive.  Both types are based on  the
 principle that  CO will  absorb specific wavelengths of light in the
 infrared region.  They  are therefore referred to  as nondispersive  infrared
 (NDIR) analyses.
      In  situ CO monitors  involve  an infrared signal that is transmitted
 across the duct or  stack to a receiver or reflector on the opposite
 side.  The change in the signal, due to absorbence by CO, is processed by
 the analyzer system and output as an equivalent CO concentration.   In situ
 CO monitors are difficult to  calibrate directly because the duct cannot be
 filled with a gas of known concentration.  Therefore, calibration is
performed using an optical filter that can be moved into the signal path,
or a calibration gas that can be put through a separate  cell  through which
the infrared signal  can be sent.

                                  6-11

-------
      In most cases,  in situ  systems are installed  at a location in a stack
 after pollution control  devices have removed  most  of the  particulate
 matter because solid particles  also absorb  the  IR  signal.   Water vapor and
 carbon dioxide also  may  interfere  with  the  signal.   Because all  these
 interferences can be removed  by a  sample conditioning system,  the
 extractive systems are more commonly used.
      Much  of the previous  discussion on extractive oxygen  systems applies
 to  extractive CO systems.  In fact,  the same  extraction/conditioning
 system often is used for both monitors.   Daily  checks of the system should
 be  made by the operator, with weekly maintenance and  calibration by the
 instrument personnel.
      Currently,  there  are  no  specific EPA performance requirements  for CO
 analyzers  on hospital  incinerators.   However, EPA is  developing  guidelines
 for CO monitors  that are required  on hazardous waste  incinerators
 permitted  under the  Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act  (RCRA).

 6.2.5   Opacity1*2

      Like  CO  monitors, opacity monitors or transmissometers are  used  as
 indicators  of  proper operation rather than as a part of the automatic
 control  system  and almost always are  located in the stack or in  the
 ducting  to  the  stack downstream of air pollution control devices.  The
 operating principle  for these transmissometers involves measurement of the
 absorbence  of a  light beam across the stack or duct.   Consequently, they
 are not  applicable in saturated wet  streams downstream of wet scrubbers
 unless the  gas has been reheated to vaporize any water droplets.
     Transmissometers involve a light source directed across the stack and
 a detector, or reflector, on  the opposite side.   The  amount of  light
 absorbed or scattered is a function of the particles  in the light path,
 path length (duct diameter),  and several other variables that are
considered  in the design and  installation.  Figure  6-2 depicts  a typical
transmissometer.
     The lenses on the light  source and  the  detector  must  be kept clean of
any buildup of dust.   For this reason, the systems  often include air
blowers and filters that continuously blow clean air  past  the lenses to
                                 6-12

-------
      Transceiver
       assembly
      Preseparator air inlet
                   Ambient
                     air
                                                                   Retroreflector
                                                                     assembly
                                                            Blower
                        Blower
Figure 6-2.   Typical  transmissometer installation for measuring opacity.1
                                      6-13

-------
 prevent contact with the gas and dust in the stack (see Figure 6-2).
 These blowers and filters should be checked and cleaned regularly but
 often are neglected because of their location on the stack.
      The EPA has promulgated performance specifications for opacity
 monitoring systems that are required at some types of plants as summarized
 in Table 6-2.  The calibration procedure for this performance
 specification, or normal checking of the instrument,  is based on filters
 having known light absorbence that can be placed in the light path.  Some
 systems automatically calibrate on a regular schedule that is evident to
 the operator because it usually activates a high opacity alarm or a spike
 on the opacity recorder.

 6.2.6  Charge Rate

      The amount  of waste charged  into  the incinerator and  the charging
 frequency are important operating variables for  an  incinerator.   Some
 incinerators  may be equipped  with systems that weigh  the amount  of  each
 charge and  automatically record this weight, but, at  most  facilities,  the
 amount charged is  based on operator experience and  hopper  charge  size  and
 is  not closely monitored.  Thus,  operator experience  is relied upon  to
 avoid  overcharging  (stuffing), which may  decrease temperature, increase
 emissions  (CO),  and  cause poor burnout.   Undercharging will require
 excessive auxiliary  fuel usage.
     For mechanically charged systems, the  charging frequency is often
 automatically set by the system at preselected time intervals.  As long as
 the loader fills the charging hopper to a certain level within this time
 interval, the charging  rate will be maintained constant by the control
 system, unless the charging frequency is changed by the operator.
Altering the charging frequency is sometimes necessary when the
characteristics or composition of the waste has changed.  For example,  if
a charge contains large amounts of plastic or other high heating value
material, temperatures may rise rapidly.   Thus,  the operator may decide to
delay the next charge until  the system can again handle another charge.
For mechanical systems,  a recorder can be set up to indicate the  frequency
of changes automatically, i.e.,  when a charge is fed to the incinerator.
                                 6-14

-------
       TABLE 6-2.   PERFORMANCE  SPECIFICATIONS FOR
                   OPACITY MONITORS

Parameter                          Specifications


Calibration errora                 <3 percent opacity

Response time                      
-------
  Having  a  charging record available is  useful  for monitoring and
  troubleshooting  problems and for determining  whether adjustments to the
  charging  procedures  are necessary.
      Operator  judgment  and  experience  are  usually key to  proper control  of
  charging  rate; pressure on  the  operator to increase  the charging rate  when
  the amount of  accumulated waste has  increased cannot be allowed to
  compromise proper incinerator operating conditions.

  6.2.7  Scrubber  Liquor  pH

      There are two types of pH  sensors:  immersion (dip-type) and flow-
  through.  The immersion sensor  is merely inserted into a tank and can be
  removed for maintenance and calibration.  A flow-through sensor depends
  upon a continuous flow  in the sample line.   Both have advantages and
 disadvantages.   The immersion sensor is easier to operate  and maintain.
 Performance can also be improved by locating the sensor in a special
 sampling tank,  by using redundant sensors,  and by frequent cleaning and
 calibration.   The flow-through pH sensor is prone to  wear  and abrasion.
 Redundant  sensors are also desirable  for the flow-through  type but are  not
 easy to  provide.
     The pH measurement  probe consists  of a pH measuring electrode,  a
 reference  electrode,  and a high  input impedance  meter.  The  voltage  of  the
 pH  electrode  varies with the pH  of  the  solution  it is in contact with,
 while the  reference electrode delivers  a constant  voltage.   The  difference
 between the two voltages is  measured by the impedance meter,  allowing pH
 of  the system to  be monitored.   Such a  system is susceptible  to  signal
 loss and noise, making it desirable to  locate the  preamp, controller, or
 signal  conditioning unit as  close to the electrodes as possible.
     Calibration of a pH monitoring system  is performed through  the use of
 known pH buffer solutions.   Typically, pH 7 is used for calibration,
 although pH 4 and pH 10 may  also be used, depending upon the expected
 ranges  of scrubber operation.  For greatest  accuracy,  buffer solutions
 should  be selected that are close to expected pH values.
     The pH monitoring system electrodes may become fouled  over time by
dirt, particulate matter, and bacteria.   This fouling  can damage or
                                 6-16

-------
 inhibit correct  electrode  operation,  introducing  drift  and  inaccuracy in
 the unit's  calibration.  To  maintain  reliability,  electrodes  can be boiled
 in  a solvent  or  cleaned with a built-in ultrasonic device.  Calibration
 checks  usually are  necessary every  few weeks.
      Control  systems for pH  meters  range in  complexity  from simple ON/OFF
 types to more sophisticated  proportional  controllers.   In an  ON/OFF type,
 as  pH goes  out of range, a valve  opens and neutralizing reagent  is added
 until the pH  is  corrected.   Proportional  controllers add an amount of
 neutralizing  reagent in proportion  to  deviation of  pH from the setpoint,
 which provides much smoother control.   The exact type of controller
 necessary for the system is  based upon individual  needs, but  typically  a
 proportional  controller is used.
      The pH measurement probe  should be  placed at a representative
 location within  the system.   Turbulent flow  is needed to ensure  a  well-
 mixed solution and to limit  dead time  (reaction time of the controller)  to
 30  seconds or less.  Excessive dead time will cause the system to
 overshoot fhe pH setpoint continually  as the controller is unable  to  react
 quickly  enough and continues to add neutralizing reagent beyond  the
 desired  pH.   Dead time can be reduced  by locating the pH probe a short
 distance downstream from where the reagent is added.

 6.3  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 6
 1.  U. S. EPA.  Continuous  Air Pollution Source Monitoring  Systems
    Handbook, EPA 625/6-79-005.  June  1979.
2.  Jahnke, J.  APTI Course SI:476A, Transmissometer Systems Operation and
    Maintenance,  an Advanced  Course.  EPA 450/2-84-004.   U.  S. Environ-
    mental Protection  Agency, Research Triangle Park,  N.C.   September
    1984.  p.  6-9.
3.  Code of Federal  Regulations, Title 40 Part  60  (40  CFR 60), Appendix B,
    Performance  Specification 1.  Specifications and Test Procedures for
    Opacity Continuous  Emission Monitoring Systems  in Stationary  Sources.
                                 6-17

-------

-------
                   7.0  OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS

      This  section describes potential  operational  problems  associated with
 hospital waste  incinerators, wet scrubbers, and fabric filters; discusses
 the cause  of the problems; and discusses possible  solutions to the
 problems.  Unfortunately, some operational problems are the result of
 deficiencies in design, fabrication, and/or installation of the equip-
 ment.  Deficiencies in incinerator design are usually the result of
 insufficient information on the waste characteristics and/or quantity.
 The following paragraphs assume that the incinerator and its air pollution
 control system have been properly designed, fabricated, and installed and
 do not address any deficiencies in these areas.   It is recommended that
 purchasers of hospital waste incinerators and air pollution control
 systems consult with reputable manufacturers.   In many cases,  these
 companies can provide complete turnkey service that includes evaluation of
 the purchaser's needs, proper  design of the incinerator based  on  waste
 characteristics, proper design of the air pollution control  device based
 on expected combustion exhaust gas  characteristics, fabrication of the
 incinerator with appropriate quality control,  installation  and  shakedown
 of the  entire system,  and  operator  training.

 7.1  OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS  AND  SOLUTIONS ASSOCIATED  WITH HOSPITAL WASTE
      INCINERATORS

      Incinerator operational problems include excessive stack emissions  in
 the form of white or black smoke, smoke  leakage from the charging door or
 other openings, excessive auxiliary fuel usage, and incomplete burnout of
 the waste.  These operational problems can be minimized through proper
 operation of the incinerator together with an effective preventive
 maintenance program.
                                                      I  2
7.1.1  Excessive Stack Emissions—Controlled-Air Units1'

     The proper operation of controlled air incinerators results in
relatively low emission rates.   Excessive emission rates can usually be
attributed to one of the following causes:

                                   7-1

-------
      1.  High setpoint for the secondary burner temperature is not high
 enough;
      2.  Excessive negative draft in the primary chamber;
      3.  Excessive infiltration air (from charging door);
      4.  Excessive underfire air in the primary chamber;
      5.  Operating at too high a primary chamber temperature;
      6.  Overcharging;
      7.  Problem wastes;  and
      8.  Inadequate secondary combustion air.
      7.1.1.1   Black Smoke.   The appearance  of  black smoke indicates  the
 presence  of unburned carbonaceous material.  Dense black smoke is  caused
 because incomplete combustion is  occurring.  Incomplete  combustion is  due
 to  insufficient  amounts of  combustion air for  the  quantity  of  volatiles/
 soot  present  and is usually the result  of overcharging the  unit charging
 of  a  highly volatile material  or  operating  the primary chamber at  too  high
 a temperature.   The following  steps may  assist in  eliminating  black  smoke:
      1.   Check/increase secondary chamber combustion air;
      2.   Check/decrease underfire air (if necessary); this  should  result
 in  reducing the  primary chamber operating temperature;
      3.   Check/increase secondary chamber temperature.
      Should these  steps fail to eliminate the  black smoke, evaluate the
 composition of the material remaining to be charged.  Highly combustible
 materials (i.e., rubber, plastics, etc.) that  are charged in too great a
 proportion to the other refuse will  result in  a combustion rate which  is
 too rapid for the incinerator to handle.  These materials may be charged
 in very small  quantities and in relatively small pieces along with general
 refuse.   If such materials must be burned frequently, experimentation as
 to the quantity that may be charged  along with  other materials may be
 necessary.  Generally, highly combustible materials must  be charged at
 less than 10 percent by weight of the total  charge.  If the waste  contains
a significant  amount of plastics,  then reducing the primary chamber
temperature (to the 540°  to 650°C [1000° to  1200°F] range) may assist in
reducing emissions.  Operating the primary chamber at too high  a
temperature can cause the  plastics to rapidly volatilize.
                                   7-2

-------
      7.1.1.2  White Smoke.  The appearance of a steady stream of white
 smoke from the stack indicates the presence of small aerosols in the
 effluent gas.  There are several causes for this problem.  Either excess
 air is entering the incinerator causing entrainment of micron-sized
 particles or the secondary chamber is operating at too low a temperature
 (i.e., too much air) causing premature cooling of the combustion gases.
 The following steps may assist in eliminating white smoke:
      1.   Check to see that the secondary burner is operating and that
 secondary chamber temperature is above 1200°F.
      2.   Check/decrease underfire air.
      3.   Decrease secondary air.
      4.   If all  the secondary burner  capacity is  not being used,  gradually
 increase the operating  rate of the burner until full  capacity is  reached.
      If  adjustment of the  combustion  parameters fail  to stop  the  issuance
 of  white smoke,  examine the material  to  be charged.   Possibly the white
 smoke  is the result  of  finely divided  noncombustible  mineral  material
 present  in  the waste charge which  is  being carried out the stack.   Paper
 sacks  that  contain pigments or other metallic  oxides, and  minerals  such as
 calcium  chloride,  generate  fine  inorganic  particulate which cause white
 smoke.
     The appearance  of  a white plume  (other than a condensing water vapor
 plume) a short distance away from the  stack probably  indicates that
 hydrogen chloride  is condensing.  Unfortunately, there is  no  incinerator
 adjustment that will solve  this problem.  One solution is  to reduce the
 amount of chlorinated waste  incinerated in each load.  This option is
often impractical because the waste is mixed together in packages and,
therefore, cannot be separated.  Probably the best solution is to
eliminate chlorinated plastics from use in the hospital  or to install  an
acid gas scrubbing system.
                                   7-3

-------
 7.1.2  Excessive Stack Emissions—Multiple-Chamber Units

      Excessive emission rates from multiple-chamber units can usually be
 attributed to one of the following causes:
      1.  High setpoint for the secondary burner temperature is not high
 enough;
      2.  Excessive draft in the primary chamber;
      3.  Overcharging;
      4.  Problem wastes;
      5.  Inadequate secondary combustion air;  and
      6.  Operating at  too  high a primary chamber temperature.
      7.1.2.1   Black Smoke.   The appearance of  black  smoke indicates the
 presence  of unburned carbonaceous  material.  Dense black  smoke is  caused
 by incomplete  combustion as  a result of  insufficient amounts of  combustion
 air for the quantity of  volatiles/soot present.  Black  smoke is  often the
 result  of overcharging of  the incinerator or of too  large an amount of
 highly  volatile materials  in  the waste charged.
      Steps which can be  taken to eliminate black smoke  include:
      1.   Decrease  the charging  rate;
      2.   Increase  the secondary  combustion air; and
      3.   Reduce the percentage of  highly volatile materials in the  waste
 feed; and
      4.   Reduce the primary chamber operating temperature.
      7.1.2.2  White Smoke.   The  appearance of a steady stream of white
 smoke from the stack indicates the presence  of small  aerosols in the
 effluent gas.   Steps which  can be taken to eliminate white smoke include:
      1.  Check to see that  the secondary burner is  operating.   If all the
 secondary burner capacity is not being  used,  increase the operating rate
of the burner  to full capacity; and
     2.  Decrease the secondary and/or  primary  air  in order to  increase
the secondary  temperature.
     The appearance of  a white plume (other than a  condensing water vapor
plume) a short distance away from the stack probably  indicates  that
hydrogen chloride is condensing.  No incinerator adjustment will  solve
this problem.
                                   7-4

-------
  7.1.3  Leakage of Smoke From Primary Chamber

       The leakage of smoke through charging doors or other openings
  indicates that a positive pressure differential  exists  in the  primary
  chamber.   Positive pressure  can  be caused  by excessive  combustion  air,  by
  excessive charging of  a highly volatile  material,  by too  high  a  primary
  chamber operating temperature, or by too much hot  ash being discharged  to
  a wet sump all  at one  time.   The  following  steps may help  eliminate
  leakage of smoke:
       1.   Check/decrease underfire  air  (controlled-air units);
       2.   Decrease  feed  rate;
       3.   Adjust  ash discharge ram  cycle; and
       4.   Adjust  draft control (damper or ID fan) setpoints.
  If a  positive pressure  persists, operation of the  incinerator draft
 control system (draft monitor, barometric damper,  induced draft fan)
 should be checked.

 7.1.4  Excessive Auxiliary Fuel  Usage1

      For controlled-air units, improper underfire air distribution,
 excessive air infiltration, or improper setting of  the underfire  and
 secondary combustion air levels can result  in excessive  fuel usage.  If
 the  underfire air distribution in the primary chamber is incorrect  or if
 there is excessive air  inleakage,  even  a  substoichiometric  air/fuel
 mixture, which  generates combustible gases  for maintaining  the  secondary
 combustion chamber temperature, will  not  exist in the primary chamber.
 Instead,  the waste  bed will completely  burn  in some areas and not burn at
 all  in other areas.  The gases conveyed to the secondary chamber will
 already be fully  oxidized,  and auxiliary  fuel  will  be  necessary to
 maintain the  secondary chamber temperature.2
     Another  cause of excessive auxiliary fuel usage  is that the
 incinerator  is not consistently charged.  If the  incinerator is not
 receiving  enough  heat input in the form of waste to maintain its
temperature set-points,  then the unit will supply its own heat  in  the form
of auxiliary fuel, i.e., natural  gas or oil.  Consistent  charging  of waste
                                    7-5

-------
 at regular timed intervals  at  a rate near 100 percent of the incinerator's
 design capacity will  reduce the amount  of auxiliary fuel  required and will
 enhance the incinerator's performance.   It is best to charge waste in
 batches which  are 10  to  15  percent  of rated capacity.  Therefore, if a
 unit is rated  at 500  pounds of  waste per hour,  then the unit should be
 charged at 6-minute intervals with  charges of approximately  50  pounds
 each.   The following  actions may assist  in reducing auxiliary fuel  usage:
      1.  Charge waste at regularly  timed intervals at a rate consistent
 with 100 percent of the design  (thermal  input)  capacity;
      2.  Check/reduce secondary combustion air  levels;
      3.  Check  primary combustion air levels  and distribution;
      4.  Check  charging door seals  and other  seals for  air leakage
 (controlled-air units); and
      5.  Check  the fuel trains  and  burners  for  fuel  leakage.

 7.1.5   Incomplete Burnout—Poor Ash  Quality

     The causes  of incomplete burnout include primary burner malfunction,
 insufficient primary  chamber combustion  air or  poor underfire air
 distribution, overcharging the  incinerator with waste, and charging too
 much wet waste.  As with other operational problems, the causes of
 incomplete burnout can be minimized by proper operation of the incinerator
 and an  effective preventive maintenance program.
     7.1.5.1  Primary Burner Malfunction.  Primary burner malfunction
 causes  incomplete burnout because the primary chamber temperature will not
 be maintained and because the flame is insufficient to ignite the waste
 and keep  it burning.   Primary burner malfunction may arise due to burner
 power loss, burner pluggage, failure of  the flame safeguard,  or leaking
 fuel trains.  Each of  these  problems can be eliminated by preventive
maintenance performed  on a  regular  basis as outlined in Section 5.1.  If
 the primary burner should fail,  the following steps are recommended:
     1.  Check  power  supply  to  the  primary burner;
     2.  If power is available,  check burners for pluggage and clean as
required;
                                   7-6

-------
      3.  Check the operation of the burner safeguard  system as outlined in
 the owner's manual; and
      4.  Check fuel trains and burner assembly for fuel  leakage and repair
 as required.
      7.1.5.2  Insufficient Underfire Air (Controlled-Air Units).  In a
 controlled-air incinerator, insufficient underfire air can cause the
 combustion process to stop completely.  Primary causes of the lack of
 combustion air are an improper underfire air setting, clinker buildup
 around the underfire air ports, and air ports clogged with ash or slag
 from previous charges.  Clinker buildup around primary chamber air ports
 is usually the result of too much  air, resulting in local hot spots  that
 cause the ash to soften, agglomerate,  and then harden as clinker during
 the cool  down cycle.   Some manufacturer utilize steam injection into the
 ash bed to facilitate burnout of fixed carbon in the ash bed  and at  the
 same time help prevent hot spots and clinker  formation.3  Maintaining
 proper air levels  and air distribution through all  underfire  air ports  is
 important.   Proper operation and preventive maintenance can prevent  these
 problems.   If poor burnout occurs,  the following  items should  be checked:
      1.   Check underfire air ports  for ash pluggage  and rod out  as
 required;
      2.   Check around  the  underfire  air  ports  for clinker buildup and
 clean  as  required;  and
      3.   Check underfire air  setting and  adjust to the proper  setting
 (increase) as  required.
     7.1.5.3   Waste Charging.  Charging of waste into  the incinerator
 should be performed as described in the vendor's literature.  Two condi-
 tions to be avoided that can cause incomplete burnout  are overcharging the
 incinerator and charging too much wet waste as part of a charge.
     These problems may be encountered  with the so called "stuff-and-burn"
 type batch units operating on a timed-cycle.   When the incinerator is
overcharged and tightly packed with waste, the combustion air  cannot
circulate freely through the compacted  waste,  thereby inhibiting
combustion.  When incinerating wet  waste, the  waste must first be dried by
evaporating the moisture in the waste;  if the  batch contains a large
fraction of wet waste, insufficient time for complete combustion may  be a
                                   7-7

-------
  problem.   Both of these  conditions should be prevented by not overcharging
  the  incinerator or by  increasing  the burnout cycle  time.
       For  intermittent-duty,  controlled-air,  and multiple-chamber
  incinerators,  reduction  of the  charge rate may improve the ash burnout
  quality.   The  burndown period also can be increased  in an attempt  to
  improve burnout.
       For continuous-duty incinerators,  reducing the waste  feed  charge  rate
  will  increase  the  residence  time of  the solids in the  primary  chamber  and
  may help to improve ash burnout quality.

  7.2  OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH WET SCRUBBERS"'5

      The performance of a wet scrubber system is  dependent on the key
 operating parameters discussed in Chapter 4,  on effective preventive
 maintenance, and on the integrity of the scrubber components.  Premature
 failure of these components will lead to increased costs,  extended
 downtime of the system,  and/or operation in temporary noncompliance.  The
 main  problems  experienced by  wet scrubber  systems  include  corrosion,
 scaling,  and erosion.   An effective preventive maintenance program can
 minimize  these  problems by correcting malfunctions, observing trends in
 maintenance activities  and making  modifications to prolong equipment life,
 and correcting  minor problems before  they  become costly, time consuming
 repairs.   The following sections describe  the  problems,  identify affected
 equipment,  and  recommend  solutions.

 7.2.1  Corrosion

     Corrosion  of wet scrubber components  is the  result of absorption of
 sulfur dioxide, sulfur trioxide, or hydrochloric acid gas from the dirty
 gas to the  scrubbing liquid.   The resulting acidic conditions cause
 corrosion of the wet scrubber  system if it  is  made  of carbon steel.   Wet
 scrubbers controlling hospital waste incinerators  are  likely to experience
corrosion from hydrochloric acid as a result of combustion  of chlorinated
plastics.   The types of  equipment that are  likely to  be  subject  to
corrosion include scrubbers, absorbers, fans,  dampers, ductwork,  and
                                   7-8

-------
 exhaust stack.  If the scrubbing liquid is recirculated  (i.e., the  system
 does not use once-through water), the importance of maintaining the pH of
 the scrubbing liquid above the level at which carbon steel is attacked
 cannot be stressed enough.  An appropriate pH of 6 or greater is usually
 maintained through additions of alkaline reagents such as soda ash, lime,
 or limestone.  The operation of the pH monitor used to control the rate of
 alkaline addition should be checked on at least a daily basis to minimize
 short-term low pH excursions.
      Corrosion also can be a problem in the pumps, pipes, valves, tanks,
 and feed preparation areas in slurry service.  Slurry tanks and associated
 feed preparation equipment should be checked daily for leaks.  Equipment
 temporarily removed from slurry service should be thoroughly flushed.
 Typically,  slurry pumps are disassembled at least annually to verify
 lining integrity and to detect wear and corrosion or other signs  of
 potential  failure.   Bearings  and  seals  are  checked but  not necessarily
 replaced.   Pipelines also must be periodically disassembled or tested  in
 other  ways  (e.g.,  hand-held nuclear and  ultrasonic devices)  both  for
 solids deposition  and for wear.   Valves  must  be  serviced  routinely,
 especially  control  valves.
     The solution  to corrosion problems  in  wet scrubber systems is  to
 maintain the  pH  of  the  scrubbing  liquid  by  the following:
     1.  Check the  proper operation  of the  pH  monitor that  controls
 alkaline additions  daily;
     2.  Check the  alkaline addition system for  leaks daily and repair as
 required; and
     3.  Perform regular  preventive maintenance on pumps, pipes, valves,
 and tanks to minimize and correct corrosion problems.

 7.2.2  Scaling

     Scaling is a common problem that arises in scrubber components in wet
 service such as mist eliminators,  fans,  dampers, and ductwork.  Scale
deposits in mist eliminators can cause nonuniform flow and plugging.  Fans
 in wet  service can develop vibrations as a result of scale deposition on
the fan blades.   Dampers may become stuck in place.
                                   7-9

-------
      The  best  solution to  scaling  and/or  plugging is  an  effective
 preventive maintenance program.  Observation  of the differential pressure
 across  the mist  eliminator can alert personnel  to scaling  problems.
 Periodic  cleaning  of  equipment can minimize scaling problems.

 7.2.3  Erosion

      Erosion is  a  common problem associated with  scrubber  components  in
 dry service such as fans,  dampers, and ductwork.   Erosion  is also a
 problem for scrubber  spray nozzles due to the suspended  solids recovered
 in the  scrubbing liquid from the dirty gas.   For  fans in dry service, fan
 vibration may be caused by erosion of fan blades.  In such cases, the fan
 blades  may have  to be replaced.  Erosion may  cause holes in the
 ductwork.  These holes must be repaired to prevent air in-leakage.
      Scrubber spray nozzles are extremely susceptible to erosion and
 pluggage problems  due to the high velocities of the liquid stream and the
 suspended solids within the stream.  Pluggage and erosion  in the spray
 nozzles can be determined by observing the spray  angle.  If the spray
 angle has become enlarged, then the nozzle orifice probably has been
 enlarged by erosion.  Conversely, if the spray angle has decreased or if  a
 distinct spray pattern is no longer achieved,  then the nozzle orifice
 probably is partially or completely plugged.  The potential for erosion of
 the scrubber components is directly related to the percent suspended
 solids.  The greater  the recirculation flow rate relative to the makeup
 and purge (blowdown)  flow rates,  the greater the potential  for buildup of
 solids.  Infrequent purging also  can cause high solids buildup.
     Erosion in  dry service components is to be expected.  Effective
preventive maintenance and equipment replacement when  required are  the
best solutions.
     Erosion in  scrubber spray nozzles and'other scrubber components may
be prevented by  proper operation  and maintenance as follows:
     1.   Rod out spray nozzles on a regular basis to prevent  plugging;
     2.   Purge  the system frequently to prevent solids buildup; and
     3.   Adjust the recirculation rate as appropriate.
                                   7-10

-------
  7.3  OPERATIONAL  PROBLEMS  AND SOLUTIONS  ASSOCIATED WITH FABRIC FILTERS6

      The two main operational problems associated with fabric filters  are
  high opacity and  high pressure drop.  Well designed,  operated, and
  maintained fabric filters  will  generally have  a  very  low opacity (between
  0 to 5 percent), and the pressure drop will fall  within a general
  operating range for the particular fabric filter  type  (5 to 9  in. w.c.  for
  pulse-jet fabric filters).  Opacity and/or pressure drop deviations from
  the baseline values are good  indicators of fabric  filter performance
  deterioration.  Higher or  lower than normal inlet  temperatures can cause
  opacity and pressure drop  problems.  The inlet temperature should be
  monitored continuously.  The  following sections describe each operational
  problem,  the cause,  and possible solutions.

 7.3.1  Opacity

      Large  fabric  filter installations may  have an opacity monitor coupled
 with  a  strip-chart recorder.  Typically,  smaller installations have  no
 opacity monitor and  must rely on visible  emission observations.  In  any
 event,  opacity  measurements are useful in determining  trends  in the
 performance of  the fabric filter.  Typically, the  opacity plume of a
 properly operated  and maintained filter will be very low, except  when a
 condensible plume  is present (even in  this case the condensing  plume
 should  be detached).  In general, high opacity  is  a good indicator of
 fabric failure.  A consistently  elevated opacity level  relative to the
 baseline level  is an indication  of major leaks  and  tears  in the filter
 bags.  A puffing,  intermittent opacity observed after cleaning that is
 higher than the baseline opacity level is a good indication of pinhole
 leaks in the filter bags.   The factors that cause fabric  failure  include
 improper filter bag installation, high temperature, chemical degradation,
 and bag abrasion.
     Improper installation of filter bags  can  result in leaks  around
 seals, improper bag tensioning, and  damage to  the bags.   Lack  of training
of maintenance personnel  in  filter bag replacement and  poor access to  the
fabric filter housing are contributing factors to  improper installation.
                                   7-11

-------
      High temperatures are the result of process malfunction(s)  upstream
 of the fabric filter.   Therefore,  in the fabric filter design phase, a
 fabric must be chosen  on the basis of expected  temperature range with an
 adequate margin for error.  High  temperature  breaks the polymer  chains in
 most commercially  available fabrics causing  loss of strength and reduced
 bag life.   High temperature attacks the  finish  on fiberglass bags causing
 increased  bag abrasions.  In general, high temperatures shorten  bag life
 considerably.   High enough temperatures  can cause filter bags to ignite.
 Some installations  may have an alarm system to  warn of high  temperature
 excursions and a bypass system to  prevent damage to the filter bags.   Such
 a  system may  be appropriate should the cooling  system  prior  to the  fabric
 filter fail.   Sparks may also be a problem with  a combustion source such
 as  a hospital  waste incinerator.   A spark arrestor can help  eliminate the
 potential  for  sparks in the fabric filter.
      Chemical  degradation  of the filter  bags occurs as the result of  acid
 gas  condensation.   In  addition to  specification  of a temperature range for
 filter bags,  a chemical  resistance rating must also be specified for  the
 fabric.  In the  case of hospital waste incinerators, fabric  should  have
 good  chemical  resistance to hydrochloric acid due  to combustion  of
 chlorinated plastics.   Additionally,  operation at  a  high enough
 temperature to  prevent  acid  gas condensation will  reduce chemical
 degradation.
      Filter bag  abrasion can  be caused by contact  between a bag  and
 another  surface  (e.g.,   another bag or the walls of the fabric filter)  or
 by the  impact of higher-than-average gas volumes and particulate  loading
 on the bags.  Bag abrasion  can also be a problem when the fabric  filter
 experiences a high pressure drop.   Usually,  when bag abrasion is  a
 problem, the greatest abrasion occurs within 18 to 24 inches from the
 bottom of the bags.  A  blast plate or diffuser will redirect the  larger
 particles away from the bags and reduce bag  abrasion.
     While the only solution to the problem  of high opacity is replacement
of the failed filter bags, it can  be prevented by the following:
     1.  Train maintenance personnel in the  proper installation of
replacement filter bags;
     2.  Design fabric  filters for  ease in bag replacement;
                                   7-12

-------
      3.   Choose filter bag  fabric with an appropriate operating
 temperature range  and chemical  resistance rating;
      4.   Blast plates or diffusers are recommended  for those facilities
 experiencing severe  bag abrasion;
      5.   Monitor inlet temperature—an alarm and bypass system may be
 installed to prevent filter bag damage from high temperature excursions;
      6.   Install a spark arrester to  prevent sparks  and fire inside the
 fabric filter;   and
      7.   Install a bypass/alarm system to prevent damage to  filter bags
 during high temperature excursions.

 7.3.2 Pressure Drop

      The  pressure  drop across a fabric filter  is an  important  indicator of
 performance.   An increase in pressure  drop  indicates  greater resistance to
 flow  and  can  be a  symptom of a  high air-to-cloth ratio  or an increase in
 dust  cake thickness  due to  condensation or  cleaning  system failure.
      The  air-to-cloth  ratio  is  a  design parameter that  is determined
 during the  fabric  filter design phase.  In  the pulse-jet baghouses  used to
 control emissions  from hospital waste  incinerators, the  air-to-cloth  ratio
 and therefore pressure drop are relatively  high (5 to 9  in.  w.c.).  Bag
 abrasion  and/or fugitive emissions may  result if the pressure drop  is  too
 high  (10  to  14  in. w.c.).
      Condensation of moisture on  filter bags is caused by temperatures  in
 the fabric filter below the dewpoint.    "Mudding" or blinding of the bags
 increases the resistance to flow  and occurs because the cleaning system
cannot remove the dust.  Condensation can be prevented by preheating the
fabric filter during the startup operation and by purging moist gases from
the unit  prior  to shutdown.   During operation it is critical  to maintain
the operating temperature above the dewpoint of the gas stream at all
times.
     Cleaning system failures in pulse-jet systems  are usually the result
of worn or undersized compressors, and failed solenoids and/or timers.
Compressor problems are indicated by a low compressed-air pressure.
Because of the low pressure  the  system cannot clean  the bags  properly and
                                   7-13

-------
 an  increased pressure drop across the fabric filter results due to dust
 cake buildup.  Compressor capacity may be a problem and should be checked
 against the needs of other systems the compressor serves.  Routine
 preventive maintenance can prevent premature failure of the compressor and
 can prevent worn compressor seals from passing oil into the fabric filter
 and blinding the filter bags.  Both reduced compressed-air pressure and
 bag blinding can cause an increase in pressure drop.
      Failure of solenoids and or timers can prevent the filter bags from
 being cleaned at all.  These sytems require clean, dry mountings to
 operate properly.   Solenoid failures affect the only row of filter bags
 that the solenoid  services, while timer failures tend  to affect most,  if
 not all, of the fabric filter system.
      An additional  problem is that associated  with the  pulse  pipe  that
 discharges  the  compressed air into the  bags.   Pulse  pipes  may  sometimes be
 damaged by  the  force  of  the compressed  air  causing ineffective cleaning
 and  pressure  drop  increase,  improper pipe alignment  that may  blow  holes in
 the  filter  bags, or a loose  pipe  that may damage  the interior  of the
 fabric  filter.  The sound  of  a  loose pulse pipe  is unmistakable because it
 moves whenever  compressed  air  is  fired  into the pipe.
     An increase in pressure drop may indicate operation and maintenance
 problems that may be  corrected.  However, blinded bags resulting from
 condensation or the accidental discharge of compressor oil into the fabric
 filter  will likely have to be replaced.  An increase in pressure drop can
 be prevented by the following:
     1.  Preheat the fabric filter prior to process operation;
     2.  Purge the fabric filter of moist air prior to shutdown;
     3.  Always maintain the temperature of the gas entering the fabric
filter above its dewpoint;
     4.   Perform preventive maintenance of  the  compressor system and
solenoid/timer system;
     5.   Make necessary repairs to pulse pipes  as required; and
     6.   Adjust  the cleaning cycle to  shorten the cycle  between cleanings.
                                   7-14

-------
 7.4   REFERENCES  FOR CHAPTER 7

 1.  McRee, R.  Operation and Maintenance  of  Controlled-Air  Incinerators
    Ecolaire Environmental  Control  Products.   Undated.

 2.  Letter from  K.  Wright,  John Zink Company  to  J.  Eddinger, U. S  EPA
    January 25,  1989.

 3.  Personal conversation between R. Neulicht, MRI, and G. Swan, Ecolaire
    Combustion Products  and J. Kidd, Cleaver  Brooks.  February 22, 1989.

 4.  Joseph, J.,  and  D. Beachler.  APTI Course SI:412C, Wet Scrubber Plan
    Review—Self  Instructional Guidebook.  EPA 450/2-82-020.
    U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  March 1984.

 5.  U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  Wet Scrubber Inspection and
    Evaluation Manual.   EPA-340/1-83-022.   (NTIS PB85-149375)
    September 1983.

6.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Operation and Maintenance
    Manual for Fabric Filters,  EPA/625/1-86/020.   June 1986.
                                  7-15

-------

-------
                              8.0  RECORDKEEPING

      Recordkeeping is an  integral part of an equipment  operation  and
 maintenance (O&M) program.  The purpose of recordkeeping  is to document
 major O&M events and to collect historical data on key  operating
 parameters.  The objective of recordkeeping is to prevent premature
 failure of equipment, increase the life of the equipment, and to  minimize
 emissions.  Recordkeeping allows facility and regulatory agency personnel
 to track performance, to evaluate trends, to identify potential problem
 areas, and to determine appropriate solutions.  The magnitude and scope of
 recordkeeping activities will depend on a combination of factors,
 including personnel  availability and training, size and sophistication of
 the equipment,  and the level  of maintenance required.  Only records of key
 performance parameters and activities should be maintained to avoid
 accumulation of unnecessary information.
      The following information should be  readily available to O&M
 personnel:   (1)  the manufacturer's equipment specification and instruction
 manuals, (2)  compliance  emission tests,  (3)  operating permits, (4) operat-
 ing logs,  and  (5)  maintenance activities  log.   The  operating history
 provided by  this  information  is  useful  in  evaluating  current and  future
 performance, maintenance trends,  and  operating  characteristics.   A spare
 parts  inventory also  should be maintained  with  periodic  updates so that
 parts can be obtained  and  installed  in a timely manner.  A recommended
 spare parts  inventory  typically  is supplied with the  equipment manufac-
 turers'  O&M manuals.   Whether a facility maintains an  extensive or minimal
 parts inventory is dependent on the available space for  parts  storage and
 whether  the facility has a service agreement with the  equipment vendor.

 8.1  MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND LITERATURE

     The manufacturer's information is the foundation of a recordkeeping
program.  A copy of the information and literature supplied by the
 incinerator and air pollution control device manufacturers should be
easily accessible for  use and review by personnel  responsible for O&M.
This literature includes  the manufacturer's design specifications,
                                   8-1

-------
performance guarantee, piping and  instrumentation diagram,  process
flowsheet, material balance information for  normal and maximum design
conditions, and an instruction manual for Q&M.
     The O&M manuals discuss the theory and  design of the equipment;
operating procedures for startup,  shutdown,  normal operation, and
troubleshooting; maintenance procedures; and a recommended  spare parts
list.  The guarantee or warranty provisions  in the contract are
conditioned on the proper care and treatment of the equipment as specified
in the O&M instruction manual.

8.2  COMPLIANCE EMISSION TEST RECORDS1

     Records of initial compliance test results and records of incinerator
process and air pollution control device operating conditions during the
compliance test form the baseline  information against which subsequent
operating data are compared.  The baseline period normally occurs soon
after shakedown of new equipment and represents conditions when the
control device is operating in compliance with applicable regulations.
Comprehensive baseline test results and equipment operating data establish
the relationship between operating conditions and emission levels for a
specific process/air pollution control device combination.   Once this
relationship exists, operating personnel  and regulatory groups can use
subsequent measurements of the same parameters to compare against baseline
conditions and thereby identify excursions from acceptable  performance.

8.3  OPERATING RECORDS1"3

     There is a practical limit to the operating  parameters  that  should  be
routinely checked and  to the frequency with  which the  data  are logged.
Table 8-1 presents a list of recommended  operating parameters  for
incinerators, wet scrubbers, fabric filters,  and  continuous  emission
monitors that should be monitored and logged  on a regular basis.   However,
the decision on which  operating parameters will be monitored and  recorded
and with what frequency is  largely site-specific.  This decision  depends
on the size and complexity  of  the equipment,  the  number of  hours  per day
                                   8-2

-------
  TABLE 8-1.  RECOMMENDED OPERATING PARAMETERS THAT SHOULD BE INCLUDED  IN
       OPERATING LOGS  FOR  INCINERATORS,  WET SCRUBBERS,  FABRIC FILTERS,
                      AND CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORS

 A.   Incinerator Operating Parameters

     1.  Charging rate/frequency
     2.  Primary combustion chamber temperature
     3.  Secondary combustion chamber temperature
     4.  Incinerator draft
     5.  Exhaust gas 02  concentration
     6.  Auxiliary fuel  feed rate

 B.   Wet  Scrubber Operating Parameters

     1.  Gas  temperature,  inlet  and  outlet
     2.  Static  pressure drop, total
     3.  Static  pressure drop, mist  eliminator
     4.   Liquor  feed rate
     5.   Liquor  pH
     6.   Water makeup rate
     7.   Fan(s)  current, rpm
     8.   Nozzle  pressure
     9.   Solids  content of  liquor

C.   Fabric Filter Operating Parameters

     1.  Gas temperature, inlet and outlet
    2.  Static pressure drop, total
    3.  Cleaning cycle frequency

D.  Continuous Emission Monitors

    1.  CO emission concentration, ppm
    2.  Opacity of emissions, percent
                                   8-3

-------
 that it operates,  and the availability of personnel.  The greater the
 frequency of data  gathering,  the more sensitive the operators will be to
 equipment operational problems.  However, as the amount of data increases,
 the effort required to collect and manipulate the data also increases.
 The optimal  frequency of data gathering may be every 4 hours (twice per
 shift).   If  sudden and dramatic changes in performance occur, if the
 source is highly variable (such as an incinerator), or if the air
 pollution control  device operation is extremely sensitive, shorter
 monitoring intervals, such  as once per hour,  are required.
      In  addition to the numerical  values  of the operating parameters,  a
 checklist should be included  to confirm operation of fans, limit switches,
 burners,  ram feeders, pumps,  nozzles,  and  the  other general  physical
 considerations  that can adversely  influence performance.

 8.4  MAINTENANCE RECORDS2

      Maintenance records  provide an operating  history of  equipment.  They
 can indicate what  equipment has failed, where,  when, and  how often; what
 kinds of  problems  are typical;  what actions were  taken; and,  over  time,
 the efficacy of  the  remedial  actions.  These records can  be  used in
 conjunction with a  spare parts  inventory to maintain and  update a current
 list of available  parts and the costs of these  parts.
      The work order  system is one way to keep useful maintenance
 records.  This system would be  administered by  the engineer  in charge of
 the  proper O&M of  the  incinerator.  Whenever maintenance  is required, the
 engineer will issue a work order to the appropriate department (e.g.,
 maintenance) detailing the work to be performed.  Additionally, the work
 order form should  include the following information to assure both good
 communication between departments and prompt completion of the work:  a
work order number,  the date of the work request, the name of the person
 requesting the work and his/her department, the department to which the
work order is sent, any special equipment required, any special
precautions that should be taken, a signature block for the person
performing the work, and the date of completion of the work.   The format
of the work order form is variable as  long as it fits the  needs of  the
                                   8-4

-------
  particular hospital.  The engineer, upon return of the completed work
  order,  may check the satisfactory performance of the work requested.  When
  properly  designed and used, this system provides information on the
  suspected problem,  the problem actually found, the corrective action
  taken,  time and  parts required,  and any additional pertinent information.
  Additionally,  such  a system can  also be used to ensure that the monthly,
  quarterly,  and semiannual  routine preventive maintenance is performed.   In
  developing  a work order maintenance log system,  facility personnel  should
  consult both the schedules  in  Chapter 5.0  and the  manufacturer's
  recommended maintenance schedule.   The  work  order  system may involve  the
  use of triplicate carbon forms or  it  may be  computerized.   Triplicate
  carbons provide  a copy  of the work  order to  the  engineer  (requestor), the
  department performing the work,  and the hospital administration.  These
  copies would become  part of the  O&M log.  Daily  and weekly  preventive
 maintenance activities  should be included as  part of the routine operation
 of the incinerator and  associated air pollution  control device.
 Preventive maintenance  activities and schedules  for incinerators, wet
 scrubbers, and fabric filters are discussed more fully in Chapter 5.0.
      Another approach is to use a log book  in which a summary of
 maintenance activities  is recorded.  Although not as flexible as a work
 order system (e.g.,  copies of individual work orders can be sent to
 appropriate departments), it does provide a centralized record and is
 probably better suited for the  small facility.

 8.4.1  Retrieval  of  Records2

     A computerized  storage  and retrieval system  is  ideal for
 recordkeeping.  A computer can manipulate and  retrieve  data  in a  variety
 of forms and also may be useful in  identifying trends.  A computerized
 system is not for everyone,  however.  The larger  the data set to be
 handled, the more  likely it  is that a computer  can help to analyze and
 sort data.   Sorts  might  include a history of maintenance activities and
 identification of  recurring operating problems  that might indicate a need
for more frequent  maintenance or inspections.  For a small source that
presents few problems and that has a manageable set  of operating
parameters  to be monitored,  a computer system may not be cost effective.

                                    8-5

-------
      Retention  time  is  also  a  site-specific  variable.   If  records  are
 maintained only to meet a  regulatory  requirement  and are not  used  or
 evaluated, they can  probably be  disposed of  at  the  end  of  the statutory
 limitation (typically 2 years).   It can be argued that  these  records
 should not be destroyed because  if the equipment  fails  prematurely,  the
 data  preserved  in the records  could be used  to  troubleshoot the  problem.
 In some cases,  records  going back 10  to 12 years  have been kept  to track
 the performance, cost,  and system response to various situations and the
 most  effective  ways  to  accomplish remedial actions.  These records serve
 as a  learning tool to optimize performance and minimize emissions, which
 is the underlying purpose of recordkeeping.  Some of these records may  be
 kept  throughout the  life of  the  equipment.  After several years, however,
 summaries of O&M activities  are  more desirable than the actual records
 themselves.  These can  be created concurrently with the daily O&M records
 for future use.  If  needed,  actual data can then be retrieved for further
 evaluation.

 8.5  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER  8
 1.  U. S.  Environmental  Projection Agency.   Wet Scrubber Inspection and
    Evaluation Manual.   EPA-340/1-83-022.   (NTIS PB85-149375).
    September 1983.
 2.  U. S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Operation  and Maintenance
    Manual for Electrostatic Precipitators.   EPA 625/1-85-017.  September
    1985.
3.  U. S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Operation  and Maintenance
    Manual for Fabric Filters.   EPA/625/1-86/020.   June  1986.
                                   8-6

-------
                            9.0  SAFETY GUIDELINES

      This section provides general  safety  guidelines  in  the  O&M  of
 hospital incinerators and associated  air pollution control devices.   The
 information presented here is intended  to  supplement  safety  information
 provided by manufacturers and/or safety standards  established by
 individual hospitals.  There are two  primary concerns with respect to the
 operator's safety.  The first concern is the potential for exposure to
 pathogens during handling of infectious waste.   The second concern is the
 prevention of injury due to the general hazards  normally associated with
 industrial  equipment such as incinerators and air  pollution control
 devices.

 9.1  PREVENTION OF INFECTION DURING WASTE HANDLING1

      The major risk  of infection to an operator is from puncture  wounds
 caused  by contaminated objects such as surgical  instruments,  needles,  and
 broken  glass.   Most,  if  not  all, hospitals  are  using special  rigid,  secure
 containers to  prevent  injury  from infected  sharp objects.   Nonetheless,  to
 prevent possible injury  which  could result  in  infection,  safety rules
 which should be  followed include:
      1.   Minimize  the  handling of red  bag waste;
     2.   Keep  red  bag wastes in  a secure location prior to  incineration;
     3.   Never open red  bags to  inspect  the contents; and
     4.   Follow  procedures which maintain the integrity of the red bag
waste.   If breakage/spillage of  red  bag  waste occurs, then handling
procedures must  be changed.  The use of  double bags, stronger bags, rigid
carts, or cardboard containers to contain the red bag waste should be
instituted.  The hospital administration should be contacted if there are
continued problems with bag integrity;
     5.   Wear thick rubber gloves when handling red bag wastes;
     6.   Wear hard-soled rubber shoes when  handling waste  and  working  in
the area around the incinerator;  and
     7.    Wear safety glasses.
                                   9-1

-------
 9.2  EQUIPMENT SAFETY PROCEDURES
                                 2_5
      General  safety procedures to prevent injury when working around the
 incinerator and air pollution control  equipment include:
       1.   Containers of flammable liquids or explosives should never be
 fed into  the  incinerator;
       2.   The incinerator  charging door should not be opened  if the
 incinerator is under positive pressure, if the ignition burner is  on,  or
 if other  conditions recommended  by the manufacturer are not met (i.e.,
 minimum time  between charges).   Always exercise caution when  opening the
 charging  door.  Wearing safety glasses, the operator should stand  behind
 the door, open the  door several  inches and pause,  then  open the door
 fully;
       3.   Never open cleanout ports  to view into the incinerator during
 operation;
       4.   Never enter the  chambers of  mechanical ram feeders,  ash
 conveyors,  or the incinerator without  first turning  off all power  sources
 and assuring  that the units are  "locked out."   If  a  chamber must be
 entered,  after locking  the unit  out, make  sure  a second person  is  standing
 by;
       5.  Observe caution around all moving  belts, hydraulic cylinders,
 and  doors;
       6.  For systems requiring manual ash  removal, exercise extreme
 caution when  removing the ash.  Do not enter the incineration chamber to
 remove the  ash.  Instead, use the mechanical ash ram or conveyor (if
 available)  or rakes or shovels with handles of sufficient  length to reach
 the  back of the incinerator ash compartment.  When using rakes or shovels,
 use  caution so as not to damage the incinerator refractory;
      7.  Wear proper personal safety equipment when operating the
 incinerator and removing/handling the ash to prevent burns,  cuts,
punctures, or eye injury.  Proper safety equipment  includes  gloves, hard-
soled rubber  shoes,  and  safety glasses;
      8.  Avoid direct contact with the hot surfaces of  the  incinerator
chamber, heat recovery equipment, ductwork, and stack;
                                   9-2

-------
       9.  The scrubber  liquor  from wet  scrubbers  likely will  be  caustic.
 Avoid contact with the  liquid  and wear  eye  protection  near  and around  the
 scrubber;
      10.  Venturi scrubbers operate at  high positive pressures.   Be
 cautious of leaks in the scrubber vessel, ductwork, or  piping;
      11.  Entry into fabric filters other than for maintenance should  be
 avoided.  Only persons who have been properly trained should enter fabric
 filters, and they should be alert to the following hazards ad necessary
 precautions.
      (a)  Before personnel enter the unit, the filter bags should be
 thoroughly cleaned and dust dislodged and discharged from the hopper by
 mechanical vibration to prevent fugitive emissions and dust inhalation.
 Hopper doors should  only be opened when the unit (including fan and hopper
 evacuation systems such as screws and  drag chains) has been shut  down.
      (b)  Oxygen deficiency as  is common in incinerator combustion gases
 makes  fabric filter  entry especially dangerous.   Purging of the unit  does
 not  always replace the  exhaust  gases with ambient  air.   Inspectors should
 know the dangers  associated with  oxygen  deficiency.
     (c)   Explosion  is  possible in a confined  space  such as  a  fabric
 filter.   Ventilation/purging prior to entry  is recommended.
     (d)   Exposure to toxic chemicals in  the collected dust  is another
 danger of  fabric filter  entry.  A quantitative assessment of the  expected
 compounds  in the dust and threshold dose  levels should be made prior to
 entry.  Proper personnel protection equipment such as respirators  should
 be worn.
     12.  Eye protection, hearing protection, long sleeved shirts, and
gloves should be worn during fabric filter inspection.    Inspectors also
should be cognizant of heat/thermal stress associated with the length  of
time required for inspection/repairs.   Because  of the dusty,  humid
conditions and limited access,  thermal  effects  may be severe.
                                   9-3

-------
 9.3  FIRE SAFETY6
      Fire safety is particularly important when working around
 incinerators due to the nature of the high temperature combustion
 process.   The areas in which the operator should exercise caution
 include:   waste storage,  waste charging to the incinerator, and ash
 removal.
      The  location of the  waste storage area relative to the incinerator is
 an important consideration  regarding  fire safety.   Waste should be stored
 away  from the incinerator and  ash storage areas such that access to the
 unit  is not  blocked and premature ignition of  the  stored waste from stray
 sparks or burning flyash  is  eliminated.
      Charging of the waste  into  the incinerator has  a  particularly high
 fire  hazard  associated  with  it because of the  potential  exposure of high
 temperature  and  flaming conditions to  the operator and  surrounding
 building  areas.   When charging manually  charged  incinerators,  the operator
 should exercise  extreme caution.  A fire safety  feature  that should be
 included  on  manually loaded  incinerators is an  interlock  system  that shuts
 off the primary  chamber burner(s) when the charging door  is opened.   Some
 systems shut  off the  underfire air when  the charge door opens.   The  charge
 door  should  operate  freely and be free of any sharp edges or projections
 that  could catch  or  hang up waste materials and cause spillage.  When
 charging  automatically charged incinerators, a potential fire hazard
 exists when waste material (particularly plastics) adheres to the hot
 charging  ram.  If these materials do not drop from the ram during its
 loading cycle, they may ignite and be  carried back into the charging
 hopper where the remaining waste will   become ignited.  Automatic loading
 systems usually have automatic safety  systems activated by a flame scanner
 that spray water to quench the hot ram face and any flames and/or
 automatic systems that reinitiate a loading sequence to charge  the burning
waste into the incinerator.
     Handling of ash is another area  where the  operator should  exercise
extreme caution regarding  fire safety.   Manual  ash  removal involves
removing ash with rakes and  shovels followed by a water quench.   Because
the ash may contain hot spots,  the operator should wear proper  personal
                                   9-4

-------
 safety equipment including gloves, hard-soled rubber shoes, and safety

 glasses.  Water quenching should occur only after removing the ash from
 the incinerator to prevent damage to the incinerator refractory.
 Automatic ash removal  systems quench the ash as it is removed from the
 incinerator and dump the quenched ash into ash carts.  Quenched ash should

 be stored in a fire rated area in a location isolated from stored waste
 materials.


 9.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 9

 1.   U.  S. Environmental  Protection Agency.   EPA  Guide for  Infectious  Waste
     Management.   EPA/530-SW-86-014.   (NTIS  PB86-199130).   U.  S.  EPA Office
     of  Solid Waste.  May 1986.

 2.   U.  S. Environmental  Protection Agency.   Operation and  Maintenance
     Manual  for Fabric Filters.   EPA/625/1-86/020.  June 1986.

 3.   U.  S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Wet  Scrubber Inspection and
     Evaluation Manual.   EPA  340/1-83-022.   (NTIS PB85-149375).
     September  1983.                                         '

 4.   Richards Engineering.  Air Pollution Source Field Inspection Notebook'
     Revision 2.  Prepared for the  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Air Pollution Training Institute.  June  1988.

 5.   U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  Air Pollution Source
     Inspection Safety Procedures:  Student Manual,  EPA-340/l-85-002a
     September  1985.

6.  Doucet, L.  Fire Protection Handbook,  National  Fire Protection
    Association Waste Handling Systems and Equipment.   Chapter 12.
                                   9-5

-------
                                10.0   GLOSSARY

 ABSORPTION.   The process  by which gas molecules  are  transferred  to
      (dissolved in) a  liquid phase.
 ACID GASES.   Corrosive gases formed during  combustion of chlorinated or
      halogenated compounds, e.g., hydrogen chloride (HC1).
 ACTUAL CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE (acfm).3  A gas flow rate expressed with
      respect to temperature and pressure conditions.
 AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER/  The diameter of a unit density sphere having the
      same aerodynamic properties as an actual particle.  It is related to
      the physical  diameter according to the equation below:
      where:
              dpa = aerodynamic diameter
               dp * physical  diameter
                P » particle  density
                C = Cunningham  correction  factor
 AIR, DRY.   Air  containing  no water vapor.
 ASH.   The noncombustible inorganic residue remaining after the ignitionof
     combustible substances.
 ATOMIZATION."  The reduction of liquid to a fine spray.
 BAG BLINDING.  The loading, or accumulation, of filter cake to the point
     where capacity rate is diminished.
 BAROMETRIC SEAL.   A column of liquid used to hydraulically seal  a
     scrubber, or any component thereof, from the atmosphere or any other
     part of the system.
BOTTOM ASH.    The solid material  that  remains on a hearth or falls through
     the grate after incineration  is  completed.
          (4.
BURN RATE.    The total  quantity of waste that is burned  per unit of time
     that is  usually expressed  in  pounds of  waste per hour.
                                   10-1

-------
 BURNDOWN PERIOD.   The  period of  time  in an  incinerator's  operating  cycle
     during which  no additional  waste is charged  to  the  incinerator and
     the primary combustion chamber temperature  is maintained  above a
     minimum temperature  (using  auxiliary burners as necessary)  to
     facilitate the solid phase  combustion  of the waste  bed.
            i+
 CHARGE RATE.   Quantity of waste material loaded  into an  incinerator over
     a unit of time but which  is not  necessarily  burned.  Usually
     expressed in  pounds of waste per hour.
 CLINKERS.   Hard,  sintered, or fused  pieces of residue formed  in an
     incinerator by the agglomeration of ash, metals,  glass, and ceramics.
 COCURRENT OR CONCURRENT/  Flow  of scrubbing liquid  in the same direction
     as the gas stream.
 COLLECTION EFFICIENCY.1  The ratio of  the weight  of  pollutant  collected to
     the total weight of pollutant entering the collector.
 COMBUSTION.   A thermal process  in which organic  compounds are broken down
     into carbon dioxide (C02) and water (H20).
 CONDENSATION.1  The physical process  of converting a  substance from  the
     gaseous phase to the liquid phase via the removal of heat and/or the
     application of pressure.
 CONTROLLED AIR INCINERATION.5  Incineration utilizing two or more
     combustion chambers in which the amounts and distribution of air to
     each chamber are controlled.  Partial  combustion takes place in the
     first zone (chamber)  and subsequent zones are used to complete
     combustion of the volatilization gases.
 COOLDOWN PERIOD.   The period of time at the end of an incinerator's
     operating cycle during which the incinerator is allowed to cool
     down.   The cooldown period follows the burndown period.
 CROSSFLOW.    Flow of scrubbing liquid normal (perpendicular)  to the gas
     stream.
CYCLONE.**  A device in which the velocity  of an inlet gas stream is
     transformed  into a confined vortex from which inertia!  forces  tend to
     drive  particles to the wall.
DAMPER.2  An adjustable plate installed in  a duct to regulate gas flow.
DEHUMIDIFY.    To  remove water vapor from a  gas  stream.
                                   10-2

-------
           tl
  OEMISTER.    A mechanical  device  used  to  remove  entrained water droplets
       from a  scrubbed gas  stream.
          2
  DENSITY.   The  ratio of the  mass  of an object to  the volume of the
       object.
  DIFFUSION (AEROSOL)/  Random motion  of  particles caused by repeated
       collisions of gas molecules.
  DRAFT.   A gas flow resulting from pressure difference; for example, the
       pressure difference  between  an incinerator and the atmosphere, which
       moves the products of combustion from the incinerator to the
       atmosphere.  (1) Natural draft:  the negative pressure created by the
       difference in density between the hot flue gases and the
       atmosphere.  (2) Induced draft:  the negative pressure created by the
       vacuum action of a fan or blower between the incinerator and the
       stack.   (3) Forced draft:  the positive pressure created by the fan
      or blower,  which supplies the primary or secondary air.
 DUST.   Solid particles less than 100  micrometers created  by  the breakdown
      of larger particles.
 DUST LOADING.   The  weight of solid particulate  suspended  in  an  airstream
      (gas).   Usually expressed in terms of grains  per cubic foot,  grams
      per cubic meter, or pounds per thousand  pounds  of  gas.
 ENDOTHERMIC." A chemical  reaction that absorbs  heat  from its
      surroundings.   For example:   C+H20+heat  --> CO+H2
 ENTRAPMENT.3  The suspension of  solids,  liquid droplets, or mist  in  a gas
      stream.
 EXOTHERMIC/  A  chemical reaction  that liberates heat to its
      surroundings.  Combustion is  an exothermic reaction.  For example:
      C+02 --> C02+heat
 FEEDBACK CONTROL.3  An automatic control  system in which information about
      the controlled parameter is fed back and used for control of another
      parameter.
FIXED  CARBON.**  The nonvolatile organic portion of waste.
GRID.   A stationary support or retainer for a bed of packing  in  a packed
     bed scrubber.
HEADER.   A pipe  used to supply and distribute liquid to downstream
     outlets.
                                   10-3

-------
HEAT RELEASE RATE."*  The energy released over a unit of time during
     combustion.  Calculated as the heating value (Btu/pound)xburn rate
     (pound/hour).  Usually expressed as Btu/hour (Btu/h).
HEATING VALUE/  The amount of heat that is released when a material is
     combusted usually expressed as Btu/lb.
HUMIDITY, ABSOLUTE.2  The weight of water vapor carried by a unit weight
     of dry air or gas.
HUMIDITY, RELATIVE.2  The ratio of the absolute humidity in a gas to the
     absolute humidity of a saturated gas at the same temperature.
INCINERATOR.   A thermal device which combusts organic compounds using
     heat and oxygen.
INDUCED DRAFT FAN.   A fan used to move a gas stream by creating a
     negative pressure.
INERTIA.   Tendency of a particle to remain in a fixed direction,
     proportional  to mass and velocity.
LIQUID-TO-GAS RATIO.3   The ratio of the liquid (in gallons per minute) to
     the inlet gas flow rate (in acfm).
LIQUOR.1  A solution of dissolved substance in a liquid (as opposed to a
     slurry, in which  the materials are insoluble).
MAKEUP WATER.   Water  added to compensate for water losses resulting from
     evaporation and water disposal.
     ELIMINATOR.3  Equipment thai
     downstream from a scrubber.
    [TY/  Measun
     particu late.
MIST ELIMINATOR.3   Equipment that removes entrained water droplets
       m<
OPACITY/  Measure of the fraction of light attenuated by suspended
PACKED-BED SCRUBBER.3   Equipment using small  plastic or ceramic pieces,
     with high surface area to volume ratios  for intimate gas/liquid
     contact for mass  transfer.
PARTICLE/  Small  discrete mass of solid  or liquid  matter.
PARTICLE SIZE/  An expression for the size of  liquid or solid particle
     usually expressed in microns.
PARTICULATE EMISSION/  Fine solid matter suspended in combustion gases
     carried to the atmosphere.  The emission rate  is usually expressed  as
     a concentration such as grains per dry standard cubic  feet (gr/dscf)
     corrected to a common base, usually  12 percent C02.
                                   10-4

-------
 PARTICULATE MATTER/  As related to control technology, any material
      except uncombined water that exists as a solid or liquid in the
      atmosphere or in a gas stream as measured by a standard (reference)
      method at specified conditions.  The standard method of measurement
      and the specified conditions should be implied in or included with
      the particulate matter definition.
 PATHOGENIC.  Waste material capable of causing disease.
 PATHOLOGICAL WASTE.  Waste material consisting of anatomical parts.
 PENETRATION.   Fraction of suspended particulate that passes through a
      collection device.
 pH.   A measure of acidity-alkalinity of a solution.
 PRESSURE DROP.    The difference in static pressure between two  points due
      to energy losses in a gas  stream.
                  (.
 PRESSURE, STATIC.    The pressure exerted in all  directions by a  fluid;
      measured in a direction normal  (perpendicular) to the direction of
      flow.
 PROXIMATE ANALYSIS."   The  determination of  the amounts of  volatile  matter,
      fixed  carbon, moisture,  and noncombustible  (ash)  matter in  any given
      waste  material.
 PYROLYSIS.   The chemical destruction of organic materials  in the presence
      of heat and the  absence of  oxygen.
 QUENCH.   Cooling  of  hot gases by rapid  evaporation of water.
 REAGENT.    The  material used in  a scrubbing system to  react  with the
      gaseous pollutants.
 RED BAG WASTE.  As used in this  document, red bag waste refers to
      infectious waste; the name  comes from the use of  red plastic bags to
      contain the waste and to clearly identify that the waste should be
      handled as infectious.
RESIDENCE TIME.  Amount of time the combustion gases are exposed to
     mixing, temperature, and excess air for final combustion.
SATURATED GAS.   A mixture of gas and vapor to which no additional  vapor
     can be added, at specified  conditions.
SIZE DISTRIBUTION/  Distribution of particles of different sizes within a
     matrix of aerosols; numbers of particles  of  specified  sizes  or size
     ranges, usually in micrometers.
                                   10-5

-------
SLURRY.1  A mixture of liquid and finely divided insoluble solid
     materials.
SMOKE.   Small gasborne particles resulting from incomplete combustion;
     particles consist predominantly of carbon and other combustible
     material; present in sufficient quantity to be observable
     independently of other solids.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY.1  The ratio between the density of a substance at a
     given temperature and the density of water at 4°C.
SPRAY NOZZLE.   A device used for the controlled introduction of scrubbing
     liquid at predetermined rates, distribution patterns, pressures, and
     droplet sizes.
STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE (scfm).3  A gas flow rate expressed with
     respect to standard temperature and pressure conditions.
STARVED-AIR INCINERATION.  Controlled air incineration in which the
     primary chamber is maintained at less than stoichiometric air
     conditions.
STOICHIOMETRIC AIR.  The theoretical amount of air required for complete
     combustion of waste to C02 and H20 vapor.
STUFF AND BURN.  A situation in which the charging rate is greater than
     burning rate of the incinerator.
VAPOR.*  The gaseous form of substances that are normally in the solid or
     liquid state and whose states can be changed either by increasing the
     pressure or by decreasing the temperature.
VOLATILE MATTER.  That portion of waste material which can be liberated
     with the application of heat only.

REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 10
1.  Industrial Gas Cleaning Institute.  Wet Scrubber Technology.
    Publication WS-1,-July 1985.
2.  Industrial Gas Cleaning Institute.  Fundamentals of Fabric Collectors
    and Glossary of Terms.  Publication F-2, August 1972.
3.  Flue Gas Desulfurization Inspection and Performance Evaluation.
    EPA/625/1-85-019.  October 1985.
                                   10-6

-------
4.  U.  S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Control Techniques for
    Particulate Emissions from Stationary Sources.  Volume I.
    EPA-450/3-81-005a.  September 1982.

5.  Brunner,  C. R.   Incineration Systems Selection and Design.  Van
    Nostrand  Reinhold Company, 1984.
                                  10-7

-------
                                                      »-,i  protection Agency.
                                       U.S.  Environmental  > roiecuw   o

                                       Region V, Library
U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency    ?3*  SoJth Dearborn Street

Region V. ' :' -  -/                       Chicago, Illinois  60604
230  So            '  "' 'ct

-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
'Please read instructions on the reverse oelore comnlennei
1. REPORT NO. 2. 	
EPA 450/3-89-002
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Operation and Maintenance of Hospital Medical Uaste
Incinerators
7. AUTHOH(S)
Neulicht, R.M.; Turner, M.B.; Chaput, L.S.;
Wallace, D.D.; Smith, S.G.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Midwest Research Institute
401 Harrison Oaks Boulevard, Suite 350
Cary, North Carolina 27513
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Control Technology Center
Research Triangle Park, N,C, 27711
3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
5. REPORT DATE
March 1989
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
68-02-4395
63-C8-G011
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Final
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
is. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES Work Assignment Managers:
James Eddinger, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Justice Manning, Center for Environmental Research
The primary objective of this document is to identify the operation and
maintenance (O&M) procedures that should be practiced on hospital medical waste
lfl/"Trtov*a^rtv*c An/4 accrt/»Ta4»«*J a 4 n« M^lln^^A.— — ^ i • ^_ *_ • • • •
                                              —                             3.1 r*
 emissions.   Proper O&M, in addition to reducing  air^emissions, improves equipment
 reliability and performance, prolongs equipment  life,  and  helps to ensure proper ash
 burnout.   This document provides general guidance  on proper O&M procedures with the
 intention  of identifying good operating practices.  The  document is intended as a
 technical  guide for use by Federal, State,  and local agency personnel, hospital
 waste management personnel, and hospital incinerator operators.

      The document presents background information  on hospital  medical  waste
 incineration systems including a summary of combustion principles  and  descriptions
 of the types of incinerators typically used for  hospital medical wastes.  Background
 information on add-on air pollution control systems also is  presented.  Key
 operating parameters and good operating practices  for the  incineration and air
 pollution systems are identified and discussed.  General guidance  on maintenance of
 the systems  also is  provided.   Common operating problems,  their possible causes, and
 possible solutions  to the problems are presented.  Other topics discussed include
 control and  monitoring  instrumentation,  recordkeeping procedures,  and  safety.	

                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                              b-IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                                                                           COSATI f'leld/Group
  Medical  Uaste Incineration
  Hospital  Waste Incineration
  Air Pollution Control  Technology
  Incineration
  Medical  Waste
  Hospital  Waste
  Air  Pollution Control
 i. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

  Release  unlimited
I 19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report I
21. NO. OF PAGES
                                             '20. SECURITY CLASS 
-------